Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Partial Differential Equations

96 missions · 30 completed

Missions

Open66Completed30All96
🏆Completed
Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Notes on Partial Differential Equations III: Weak Derivatives and the Gagliardo–Nirenberg–Sobolev InequalityTextbook

Motivation

Almost every existence theory for elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic partial differential equations works in Sobolev spaces: function spaces defined through weak derivatives and LpL^pLp integrability rather than classical differentiability. Energy methods produce solutions whose derivatives are known only to be square-integrable. Sobolev embedding theorems are what turn that information back into integrability or continuity of the solution itself, and they are used at every step of the regularity theory.

This mission covers Chapter 3, §3.1–3.8 of J. K. Hunter's graduate lecture notes Notes on Partial Differential Equations (UC Davis, revised 6/18/2014): weak derivatives, the spaces Wk,pW^{k,p}Wk,p, approximation by test functions, and the two embedding regimes p<np < np<n and p>np > np>n.

Timeline. S. L. Sobolev proved the embedding for p>1p > 1p>1 in 1938 by potential-theoretic methods. E. Gagliardo (1958) and L. Nirenberg (1959) independently gave the elementary proof, including p=1p = 1p=1, that the notes follow. The inequality behind it, for products of functions of n−1n-1n−1 variables, is also known as the Loomis–Whitney inequality (1949). C. B. Morrey (1940) proved the Hölder estimate for p>np > np>n. The sharp constants were found by Federer–Fleming and Maz'ya (1960, p=1p = 1p=1, equivalent to the isoperimetric inequality) and by G. Talenti (1976, 1<p<n1 < p < n1<p<n).

Setting

Throughout, Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn carries Lebesgue measure and the Euclidean norm ∣x∣|x|∣x∣, and Ω⊆Rn\Omega \subseteq \mathbb{R}^nΩ⊆Rn is open. A test function φ∈Cc∞(Ω)\varphi \in C_c^\infty(\Omega)φ∈Cc∞​(Ω) is infinitely differentiable, and its support is a compact subset of Ω\OmegaΩ. For a multi-index α∈N0n\alpha \in \mathbb{N}_0^nα∈N0n​ with ∣α∣=∑iαi|\alpha| = \sum_i \alpha_i∣α∣=∑i​αi​, ∂α=∂1α1⋯∂nαn\partial^\alpha = \partial_1^{\alpha_1}\cdots\partial_n^{\alpha_n}∂α=∂1α1​​⋯∂nαn​​.

A locally integrable fff has weak derivative ∂αf=g∈Lloc1(Ω)\partial^\alpha f = g \in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(\Omega)∂αf=g∈Lloc1​(Ω) if

∫Ωg φ dx=(−1)∣α∣∫Ωf ∂αφ dxfor all φ∈Cc∞(Ω).\int_\Omega g\,\varphi\,dx = (-1)^{|\alpha|}\int_\Omega f\,\partial^\alpha\varphi\,dx \quad\text{for all } \varphi\in C_c^\infty(\Omega).∫Ω​gφdx=(−1)∣α∣∫Ω​f∂αφdxfor all φ∈Cc∞​(Ω).

The Sobolev space Wk,p(Ω)W^{k,p}(\Omega)Wk,p(Ω), for k∈Nk\in\mathbb{N}k∈N and 1≤p≤∞1\le p\le\infty1≤p≤∞, consists of the f∈Lloc1(Ω)f\in L^1_{\mathrm{loc}}(\Omega)f∈Lloc1​(Ω) whose weak derivatives ∂αf\partial^\alpha f∂αf, ∣α∣≤k|\alpha|\le k∣α∣≤k, exist and lie in Lp(Ω)L^p(\Omega)Lp(Ω). It is normed by ∥f∥Wk,p=(∑∣α∣≤k∫Ω∣∂αf∣p dx)1/p\|f\|_{W^{k,p}} = \big(\sum_{|\alpha|\le k}\int_\Omega|\partial^\alpha f|^p\,dx\big)^{1/p}∥f∥Wk,p​=(∑∣α∣≤k​∫Ω​∣∂αf∣pdx)1/p, with the maximum of the suprema when p=∞p = \inftyp=∞.

For 1≤p<n1\le p<n1≤p<n the Sobolev conjugate is p∗=np/(n−p)p^* = np/(n-p)p∗=np/(n−p), so that 1/p∗=1/p−1/n1/p^* = 1/p - 1/n1/p∗=1/p−1/n. For f∈Cc∞(Rn)f\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n)f∈Cc∞​(Rn), DfDfDf is the gradient, ∣Df∣|Df|∣Df∣ its Euclidean length, and ∥Df∥p=(∫∣Df∣p dx)1/p\|Df\|_p = \big(\int|Df|^p\,dx\big)^{1/p}∥Df∥p​=(∫∣Df∣pdx)1/p. The Hölder seminorm is [u]α=sup⁡x≠y∣u(x)−u(y)∣/∣x−y∣α[u]_{\alpha} = \sup_{x\ne y}|u(x)-u(y)|/|x-y|^\alpha[u]α​=supx=y​∣u(x)−u(y)∣/∣x−y∣α.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Gagliardo–Nirenberg–Sobolev inequality (Theorem 3.28)

For n≥2n\ge 2n≥2, 1≤p<n1\le p<n1≤p<n and every f∈Cc∞(Rn)f\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n)f∈Cc∞​(Rn),

∥f∥p∗≤p (n−1)2 (n−p) ∥Df∥p.\|f\|_{p^*} \le \frac{p\,(n-1)}{2\,(n-p)}\,\|Df\|_p .∥f∥p∗​≤2(n−p)p(n−1)​∥Df∥p​.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 3.26: if g∈L1(R)g\in L^1(\mathbb{R})g∈L1(R) has compact support and ∫g=0\int g = 0∫g=0, then ∣∫−∞xg dt∣≤12∫∣g∣ dt\big|\int_{-\infty}^x g\,dt\big| \le \frac12\int|g|\,dt​∫−∞x​gdt​≤21​∫∣g∣dt.
  2. Theorem 3.27, the product inequality (3.10): for nonnegative gi∈Cc∞(Rn−1)g_i\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^{n-1})gi​∈Cc∞​(Rn−1), ∫Rn∏i=1ngi(xi′) dx≤∏i=1n∥gi∥n−1\int_{\mathbb{R}^n}\prod_{i=1}^n g_i(x_i')\,dx \le \prod_{i=1}^n\|g_i\|_{n-1}∫Rn​∏i=1n​gi​(xi′​)dx≤∏i=1n​∥gi​∥n−1​, where xi′x_i'xi′​ is xxx with the iiith coordinate omitted.
  3. Theorem 3.24: Cc∞(Rn)C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n)Cc∞​(Rn) is dense in Wk,p(Rn)W^{k,p}(\mathbb{R}^n)Wk,p(Rn) for 1≤p<∞1\le p<\infty1≤p<∞.
  4. Theorem 3.31: W1,p(Rn)↪Lq(Rn)W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n)\hookrightarrow L^q(\mathbb{R}^n)W1,p(Rn)↪Lq(Rn) for 1≤p<n1\le p<n1≤p<n and p≤q≤p∗p\le q\le p^*p≤q≤p∗, with ∥f∥q≤C(n,p,q)∥f∥W1,p\|f\|_q\le C(n,p,q)\|f\|_{W^{1,p}}∥f∥q​≤C(n,p,q)∥f∥W1,p​.
  5. Theorem 3.36 (Morrey): for n<p<∞n<p<\inftyn<p<∞ and α=1−n/p\alpha = 1-n/pα=1−n/p there is C=C(n,p)C = C(n,p)C=C(n,p) with [f]α≤C∥Df∥p[f]_\alpha\le C\|Df\|_p[f]α​≤C∥Df∥p​ and sup⁡∣f∣≤C∥f∥W1,p\sup|f|\le C\|f\|_{W^{1,p}}sup∣f∣≤C∥f∥W1,p​ for all f∈Cc∞(Rn)f\in C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n)f∈Cc∞​(Rn).

The goal's constant is explicit, and it is not the sharp one. A later sharp constant (Talenti's) would strengthen the goal but would not invalidate it.

Significance

The result. Theorem 3.28 is the quantitative core of the embedding W1,p↪Lp∗W^{1,p}\hookrightarrow L^{p^*}W1,p↪Lp∗. Density (Theorem 3.24) extends it to all of W1,p(Rn)W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n)W1,p(Rn), giving Theorem 3.31. From there, extension operators and Rellich–Kondrachov compactness follow, and with them the existence and regularity of weak solutions to elliptic equations (Chapters 4–6 of the same notes). Morrey's inequality is the complementary statement for p>np>np>n and yields continuity of Sobolev functions. Without these estimates, a weak solution obtained by the Lax–Milgram or Galerkin method carries no pointwise or integrability information.

Formalizing it. Mathlib contains a Gagliardo–Nirenberg–Sobolev inequality for C1C^1C1 compactly supported functions with a non-explicit constant (MeasureTheory.eLpNorm_le_eLpNorm_fderiv_of_eq, restated on the platform as FamousTheorems.gagliardo_nirenberg_sobolev and included here as a reference item). Mathlib has no weak derivatives in the integral form used here, no Wk,p(Ω)W^{k,p}(\Omega)Wk,p(Ω) spaces on open sets, no density theorem for them, no W1,p↪LqW^{1,p}\hookrightarrow L^qW1,p↪Lq embedding, and no Morrey inequality. This mission asks for the explicit constant, the Loomis–Whitney-type product inequality in the form the proof uses, and the first results on Sobolev spaces built from integral-form weak derivatives.

Difficulty

The explicit constant cannot be read off Mathlib's existing inequality, whose constant is defined through its own proof. It has to come from the one-dimensional bound (Lemma 3.26) combined with the product inequality (3.10). Theorem 3.27 is an induction on dimension in which Hölder's inequality is applied on sections Rn−2\mathbb{R}^{n-2}Rn−2 of Rn−1\mathbb{R}^{n-1}Rn−1 and then integrated over the remaining coordinate. Expressing "xxx with the iiith coordinate omitted" and Fubini across those splittings of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is the bulk of the measure-theoretic bookkeeping. For p>1p>1p>1 the argument has to be applied to ∣f∣s|f|^s∣f∣s, which is only C1C^1C1.

Theorems 3.24 and 3.31 need weak derivatives to commute with mollification and cutoff. They also need the weak derivative of a limit to be identified, and completeness of Lp∗L^{p^*}Lp∗. None of this is available for the integral-form definition. Morrey's inequality needs averages over balls and polar-coordinate integration.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with volume. Coordinates are 0-based (i : Fin n), and multi-indices are Fin n → ℕ. ∣Df∣|Df|∣Df∣ is ‖gradient f x‖, which equals the operator norm of fderiv ℝ f x. LpL^pLp norms are eLpNorm in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], with real exponents coerced by ENNReal.ofReal.
  • C∞C^\inftyC∞ is ContDiff ℝ ((⊤ : ℕ∞) : WithTop ℕ∞). ContDiff ℝ ⊤ means analytic in current Mathlib, and using it for test functions would leave only the zero function, making every function weakly differentiable. A test function on Ω\OmegaΩ has HasCompactSupport φ and tsupport φ ⊆ Ω, so the test class is all of Cc∞(Ω)C_c^\infty(\Omega)Cc∞​(Ω). A smaller class would trivialize weak differentiability, and this formalization rules that out.
  • Weak derivatives (Definitions 3.1, 3.2) are predicates on real functions on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, of which only the values on Ω\OmegaΩ matter. MemW k p Ω f is membership in Wk,p(Ω)W^{k,p}(\Omega)Wk,p(Ω). sobolevNorm is the norm of Definition 3.23, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and built from a chosen weak derivative (unique a.e.). For p=∞p=\inftyp=∞ it uses the essential supremum.
  • Constant of Theorem 3.28. The printed constant (3.11), C(n,p)=p2nn−1n−pC(n,p) = \frac{p}{2n}\frac{n-1}{n-p}C(n,p)=2np​n−pn−1​, is false for the Euclidean ∣Df∣|Df|∣Df∣. At p=1p = 1p=1 it equals 12n\frac1{2n}2n1​, below the sharp constant 1nαn1/n\frac1{n\alpha_n^{1/n}}nαn1/n​1​ quoted in the notes on the following page. The goal states n C(n,p)=p(n−1)2(n−p)n\,C(n,p) = \frac{p(n-1)}{2(n-p)}nC(n,p)=2(n−p)p(n−1)​, which is what the proof's intermediate estimate ∥f∥p∗≤s2(∏i∥∂if∥p)1/n\|f\|_{p^*}\le\frac s2(\prod_i\|\partial_i f\|_p)^{1/n}∥f∥p∗​≤2s​(∏i​∥∂i​f∥p​)1/n gives.
  • Theorem 3.27 writes n=m+1n = m+1n=m+1 with m≥1m\ge1m≥1 and states the left side as a lower Lebesgue integral of the nonnegative product. In Theorem 3.36 one constant serves (3.12) and (3.13), and the supremum bound is stated pointwise. The p=∞p=\inftyp=∞ clause is outside the stated range and is omitted. Every existential constant is quantified after the dimension and exponents and before the function.
  • Reusable beyond this mission: the weak-derivative and Wk,pW^{k,p}Wk,p definitions (intended for the later chapters on compactness, elliptic and parabolic equations), and the product inequality. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, including ones through Mathlib's existing Sobolev-inequality machinery if they reach the explicit constant.

Selected references

  • J. K. Hunter, Notes on Partial Differential Equations, UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, Chapter 3. https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/pdes/pde_notes.pdf
  • L. Nirenberg, On elliptic partial differential equations, Ann. Scuola Norm. Sup. Pisa 13 (1959), 115–162. http://www.numdam.org/item/ASNSP_1959_3_13_2_115_0/
  • E. Gagliardo, Proprietà di alcune classi di funzioni in più variabili, Ricerche Mat. 7 (1958), 102–137.
  • L. H. Loomis and H. Whitney, An inequality related to the isoperimetric inequality, Bull. Amer. Math. Soc. 55 (1949), 961–962. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9904-1949-09320-5
  • G. Talenti, Best constant in Sobolev inequality, Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. 110 (1976), 353–372. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02418013
  • L. C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, 2nd ed., AMS Graduate Studies in Mathematics 19, 2010, Chapter 5. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/019
55 thms6 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Notes on Partial Differential Equations IV: Extension, Trace and the Rellich–Kondrachov TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Existence theory for elliptic, parabolic and nonlinear PDEs mostly runs through one argument: build approximate solutions, bound them in a Sobolev norm, extract a convergent subsequence, and pass to the limit. The extraction step needs a compact embedding: a bound on derivatives must buy convergence of the functions themselves in a weaker norm. On a bounded domain this is the Rellich–Kondrachov theorem. It is what makes the resolvent of the Dirichlet Laplacian compact, and so gives the Fredholm alternative and the discrete spectrum of elliptic operators on bounded domains. The companion topics of the same section, extension and trace, are how Sobolev functions are moved between a domain and all of space, and how they are given boundary values.

This mission follows Chapter 3 (§3.9–3.10) and Theorem 1.15 of J. K. Hunter's Notes on Partial Differential Equations (UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014).

Timeline. Rellich proved the compactness of H01↪L2H^1_0 \hookrightarrow L^2H01​↪L2 on bounded domains in 1930. Kondrachov extended it to W1,pW^{1,p}W1,p and exponents below the Sobolev exponent in 1945. The LpL^pLp compactness criterion used in the notes goes back to Kolmogorov (1931) and M. Riesz (1933); a modern account with a history is Hanche-Olsen and Holden 2010. Gagliardo characterized the traces of W1,pW^{1,p}W1,p in 1957.

Setting

Throughout, Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn carries Lebesgue measure, and functions are real-valued. For an open set Ω⊆Rn\Omega \subseteq \mathbb{R}^nΩ⊆Rn, a test function ϕ∈Cc∞(Ω)\phi \in C_c^\infty(\Omega)ϕ∈Cc∞​(Ω) is smooth with compact support inside Ω\OmegaΩ. A locally integrable ggg is the weak derivative ∂αf\partial^\alpha f∂αf of a locally integrable fff if ∫Ωgϕ=(−1)∣α∣∫Ωf ∂αϕ\int_\Omega g\phi = (-1)^{|\alpha|}\int_\Omega f\,\partial^\alpha\phi∫Ω​gϕ=(−1)∣α∣∫Ω​f∂αϕ for every test function ϕ\phiϕ. Here α∈N0n\alpha \in \mathbb{N}_0^nα∈N0n​ is a multi-index of order ∣α∣=∑iαi|\alpha| = \sum_i \alpha_i∣α∣=∑i​αi​.

For k∈Nk \in \mathbb{N}k∈N and 1≤p≤∞1 \le p \le \infty1≤p≤∞, the Sobolev space Wk,p(Ω)W^{k,p}(\Omega)Wk,p(Ω) consists of the fff whose weak derivatives ∂αf\partial^\alpha f∂αf, ∣α∣≤k|\alpha| \le k∣α∣≤k, exist and lie in Lp(Ω)L^p(\Omega)Lp(Ω). For p<∞p < \inftyp<∞ its norm is

∥f∥Wk,p(Ω)=(∑∣α∣≤k∫Ω∣∂αf∣p dx)1/p,\|f\|_{W^{k,p}(\Omega)} = \Big(\sum_{|\alpha|\le k} \int_\Omega |\partial^\alpha f|^p\,dx\Big)^{1/p},∥f∥Wk,p(Ω)​=(∣α∣≤k∑​∫Ω​∣∂αf∣pdx)1/p,

and for p=∞p = \inftyp=∞ it is the maximum of the essential suprema. The space W0k,p(Ω)W^{k,p}_0(\Omega)W0k,p​(Ω) is the closure of Cc∞(Ω)C_c^\infty(\Omega)Cc∞​(Ω) in this norm. For 1≤p<n1 \le p < n1≤p<n the Sobolev conjugate is p∗=np/(n−p)p^* = np/(n-p)p∗=np/(n−p).

The upper half-space is R+n={x=(x′,xn):xn>0}\mathbb{R}^n_+ = \{x = (x', x_n) : x_n > 0\}R+n​={x=(x′,xn​):xn​>0}, with closure R‾+n\overline{\mathbb{R}}^n_+R+n​ and boundary ∂R+n={(x′,0)}≅Rn−1\partial\mathbb{R}^n_+ = \{(x', 0)\} \cong \mathbb{R}^{n-1}∂R+n​={(x′,0)}≅Rn−1. The space Cc∞(R‾+n)C_c^\infty(\overline{\mathbb{R}}^n_+)Cc∞​(R+n​) consists of the functions that are smooth up to the boundary and vanish outside a compact set. Unlike Cc∞(R+n)C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n_+)Cc∞​(R+n​), they need not vanish on ∂R+n\partial\mathbb{R}^n_+∂R+n​.

A subset of a metric space is precompact if its closure is compact. C0(Rn)C_0(\mathbb{R}^n)C0​(Rn) is the space of continuous functions vanishing at infinity, with the sup norm.

In Lean the weak derivative is HasWeakDeriv (with weakDeriv and weakGradNorm) in the series' shared namespace HunterPDE.Shared; the other objects are MemW k p Ω f, sobolevNorm k p Ω f, MemW0 k p Ω f, sobolevConjugate, upperHalfSpace m, IsSmoothCompactClosedHalfSpace and boundaryPoint, in the namespace HunterPDE.Compactness.

Formalization targets

Goal: Rellich–Kondrachov (Theorem 3.45)

Let Ω\OmegaΩ be a bounded open set in Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, 1≤p<n1 \le p < n1≤p<n and 1≤q<p∗1 \le q < p^*1≤q<p∗. If F⊆W01,p(Ω)\mathcal{F} \subseteq W^{1,p}_0(\Omega)F⊆W01,p​(Ω) satisfies ∥f∥W1,p(Ω)≤M\|f\|_{W^{1,p}(\Omega)} \le M∥f∥W1,p(Ω)​≤M for all f∈Ff \in \mathcal{F}f∈F, then

{ f1Ω:f∈F } is precompact in Lq(Rn).\{\, f\mathbf{1}_\Omega : f \in \mathcal{F} \,\} \ \text{is precompact in } L^q(\mathbb{R}^n).{f1Ω​:f∈F} is precompact in Lq(Rn).

Milestones

  • Theorem 1.15 (Kolmogorov–Riesz). For 1≤p<∞1 \le p < \infty1≤p<∞, a set F⊆Lp(Rn)\mathcal{F} \subseteq L^p(\mathbb{R}^n)F⊆Lp(Rn) is precompact if and only if it is bounded, tight (sup⁡f∥f∥Lp(∣x∣>R)→0\sup_{f}\|f\|_{L^p(|x|>R)} \to 0supf​∥f∥Lp(∣x∣>R)​→0 as R→∞R \to \inftyR→∞), and LpL^pLp-equicontinuous:
∀ε>0 ∃δ>0: ∣h∣<δ  ⟹  ∥f(⋅+h)−f∥Lp(Rn)<ε∀f∈F.\forall \varepsilon > 0\ \exists \delta > 0:\ |h| < \delta \implies \|f(\cdot + h) - f\|_{L^p(\mathbb{R}^n)} < \varepsilon \quad \forall f \in \mathcal{F}.∀ε>0 ∃δ>0: ∣h∣<δ⟹∥f(⋅+h)−f∥Lp(Rn)​<ε∀f∈F.
  • Theorem 3.41 (extension). There is a bounded linear E:W1,p(R+n)→W1,p(Rn)E : W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n_+) \to W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n)E:W1,p(R+n​)→W1,p(Rn) with Ef=fEf = fEf=f a.e. on R+n\mathbb{R}^n_+R+n​ and ∥Ef∥W1,p(Rn)≤C(n,p) ∥f∥W1,p(R+n)\|Ef\|_{W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n)} \le C(n,p)\,\|f\|_{W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n_+)}∥Ef∥W1,p(Rn)​≤C(n,p)∥f∥W1,p(R+n​)​.
  • Theorem 3.42 (density). Cc∞(R‾+n)C_c^\infty(\overline{\mathbb{R}}^n_+)Cc∞​(R+n​) is dense in Wk,p(R+n)W^{k,p}(\mathbb{R}^n_+)Wk,p(R+n​) for 1≤p<∞1 \le p < \infty1≤p<∞.
  • Theorem 3.44 (trace). For 1≤p<∞1 \le p < \infty1≤p<∞ there is a bounded linear T:W1,p(R+n)→Lp(Rn−1)T : W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n_+) \to L^p(\mathbb{R}^{n-1})T:W1,p(R+n​)→Lp(Rn−1) with (Tf)(x′)=f(x′,0)(Tf)(x') = f(x', 0)(Tf)(x′)=f(x′,0) on Cc∞(R‾+n)C_c^\infty(\overline{\mathbb{R}}^n_+)Cc∞​(R+n​) and ∥Tf∥Lp≤C(p) ∥f∥W1,p(R+n)\|Tf\|_{L^p} \le C(p)\,\|f\|_{W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n_+)}∥Tf∥Lp​≤C(p)∥f∥W1,p(R+n​)​, whose kernel is exactly W01,p(R+n)W^{1,p}_0(\mathbb{R}^n_+)W01,p​(R+n​).
  • Theorem 3.48 (p>np > np>n). For Ω\OmegaΩ bounded and n<p<∞n < p < \inftyn<p<∞, a family with supp⁡f⋐Ω\operatorname{supp} f \Subset \Omegasuppf⋐Ω and ∥Df∥Lp≤C\|Df\|_{L^p} \le C∥Df∥Lp​≤C is precompact in C0(Rn)C_0(\mathbb{R}^n)C0​(Rn).

The goal is stated qualitatively (precompactness), with no constants, so it does not depend on any particular form of the Sobolev inequality.

Significance

The result itself. Rellich–Kondrachov is the source of compactness in the L2L^2L2 theory of elliptic equations. With it, the solution operator of a coercive elliptic problem on a bounded domain is compact. That yields the Fredholm alternative, the discreteness of the Dirichlet spectrum, and existence results for semilinear problems via compactness and fixed-point arguments. The trace theorem makes the boundary condition "u=0u = 0u=0 on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω" meaningful for Sobolev functions, and identifies W01,pW^{1,p}_0W01,p​ as the space in which Dirichlet problems are posed. The extension theorem transfers whole-space results to domains. Theorem 3.48 gives the uniform-norm counterpart above the critical exponent.

Formalizing it. All results here are classical and proved. The notes prove 3.45, 3.48 and the forward direction of 3.44. They describe 3.41 and 3.42 in a sentence each, and cite 1.15 without proof. Mathlib has the Lebesgue spaces Lp, Arzelà–Ascoli for bounded continuous functions, and mollification. It has no weak derivatives, no Sobolev spaces on domains, no trace, no extension operators and no Kolmogorov–Riesz criterion. A complete development would supply the first machine-checked versions of these in the notes' form, and a formal W01,pW^{1,p}_0W01,p​ compactness theorem usable by the elliptic chapters of the same series.

Difficulty

The obvious route to the goal is: approximate by test functions, extend by zero, and verify the three Kolmogorov–Riesz conditions. The first two follow from the Sobolev inequality and the boundedness of Ω\OmegaΩ. The hard parts are elsewhere. First, the Kolmogorov–Riesz criterion is not in Mathlib, and its "if" direction needs a mollification and total-boundedness argument in Lp(Rn)L^p(\mathbb{R}^n)Lp(Rn). Second, the LqL^qLq-equicontinuity for qqq above ppp needs an interpolation between an L1L^1L1 translation estimate and the critical Sobolev embedding into Lp∗L^{p^*}Lp∗, so the Gagliardo–Nirenberg–Sobolev inequality must be available for W01,p(Ω)W^{1,p}_0(\Omega)W01,p​(Ω), not only for smooth compactly supported functions. Third, weak derivatives are defined by integration against test functions, and every density step has to be carried through that definition. The exponent restriction q<p∗q < p^*q<p∗ is sharp (Example 3.47 in the notes), so no argument that ignores it can succeed.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with volume. Open sets are Ω : Set _ with IsOpen Ω, and bounded means Bornology.IsBounded Ω. Coordinates are 0-based (i : Fin n), and multi-indices are α : Fin n → ℕ.
  • Functions are ℝⁿ → ℝ, and only their values on the relevant set matter. weakDeriv is a chosen representative, used only where a weak derivative is assumed to exist. sobolevNorm takes values in ℝ≥0∞.
  • W01,p(Ω)W^{1,p}_0(\Omega)W01,p​(Ω) is the norm closure of Cc∞(Ω)C_c^\infty(\Omega)Cc∞​(Ω), not "zero trace". "Bounded in W01,p(Ω)W^{1,p}_0(\Omega)W01,p​(Ω)" is a uniform bound on sobolevNorm 1 p Ω.
  • In the goal, F\mathcal{F}F is placed in Lq(Rn)L^q(\mathbb{R}^n)Lq(Rn) by extension by zero (Ω.indicator f). The conclusion asserts both that each extension lies in LqL^qLq and that the set of their classes in Mathlib's Lp ℝ q volume has compact closure. The hypothesis q<p∗q < p^*q<p∗ rules out q=∞q = \inftyq=∞.
  • Half-space results use dimension n=m+1n = m+1n=m+1 and the last coordinate Fin.last m. The boundary is Rm\mathbb{R}^mRm via x′↦(x′,0)x' \mapsto (x',0)x′↦(x′,0). Extension and trace operators are maps on functions that are linear up to a.e. equality on W1,p(R+n)W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}^n_+)W1,p(R+n​).
  • Conventions read off the page: in Theorem 3.44 the trace constant is quantified before the dimension ("depending only on ppp"), and its final clause is taken with k=1k = 1k=1 (the printed "W0k,pW^{k,p}_0W0k,p​" cannot mean k≥2k \ge 2k≥2, as the notes remark after the proof). Theorem 3.42 is stated for 1≤p<∞1 \le p < \infty1≤p<∞, and Theorem 3.41 for 1≤p≤∞1 \le p \le \infty1≤p≤∞. Theorem 3.48 assumes n≥1n \ge 1n≥1.
  • A trivializing reading is ruled out: the goal's conclusion is compactness of the closure in Lq(Rn)L^q(\mathbb{R}^n)Lq(Rn) of the zero extensions themselves, not of some other representative. The norm bound is on the genuine weak derivatives, which the hypotheses guarantee exist, not on a junk value.
  • Reusable infrastructure: weak derivatives and Sobolev spaces on open sets, the Kolmogorov–Riesz criterion, and the half-space extension and trace operators. Contributions of any of these as standalone lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. K. Hunter, Notes on Partial Differential Equations, UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, §1.5 and §3.9–3.10. https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/pdes/pde_notes.pdf
  • H. Hanche-Olsen and H. Holden, The Kolmogorov–Riesz compactness theorem, Expositiones Mathematicae 28 (2010) 385–394. https://arxiv.org/abs/0906.4883
  • L. C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, 2nd ed., AMS Graduate Studies in Mathematics 19, 2010, §5.5–5.7. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/019
88 thms5 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisCalculus of VariationsFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Notes on Partial Differential Equations V: Weak Solutions of Elliptic PDEs and the Fredholm AlternativeTextbook

Motivation

Second-order elliptic equations in divergence form, such as −∇⋅(A∇u)+b⋅∇u+cu=f-\nabla\cdot(A\nabla u) + b\cdot\nabla u + cu = f−∇⋅(A∇u)+b⋅∇u+cu=f, model steady diffusion, electrostatics in inhomogeneous media and linear elasticity. They are also the stationary part of every parabolic and hyperbolic problem studied later in the same notes. When the coefficients are only bounded and measurable, classical solutions need not exist. The modern theory replaces them by weak solutions in the Sobolev space H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) and settles existence, uniqueness and solvability by Hilbert-space methods. This mission formalizes that theory as presented in Chapter 4 of J. K. Hunter's Notes on Partial Differential Equations (UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014). The chapter follows the standard development of Evans, Partial Differential Equations, Chapter 6, and of Gilbarg–Trudinger, Chapter 8.

Timeline. Riesz (1907) and Fréchet represented bounded functionals on Hilbert spaces. Fredholm (1903) proved the alternative for integral equations of the second kind, and Riesz (1918) extended it to compact operators. Lax and Milgram (1954) removed the symmetry assumption from the Riesz approach, and Gårding (1953) proved the coercivity estimate for elliptic forms. Together these give the existence and Fredholm theory for the Dirichlet problem stated here.

Setting

Let Ω⊆Rn\Omega \subseteq \mathbb{R}^nΩ⊆Rn be open. A test function is a smooth ϕ\phiϕ with compact support in Ω\OmegaΩ. The space H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) is the closure of the test functions in the norm ∥u∥H012=∫Ω(u2+∣Du∣2) dx\|u\|_{H^1_0}^2 = \int_\Omega (u^2 + |Du|^2)\,dx∥u∥H01​2​=∫Ω​(u2+∣Du∣2)dx; each element carries a function uuu and a weak gradient DuDuDu, both square-integrable. H−1(Ω)H^{-1}(\Omega)H−1(Ω) is the space of bounded linear functionals on H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω), and f∈L2(Ω)f \in L^2(\Omega)f∈L2(Ω) acts on it by ⟨f,ϕ⟩=∫Ωfϕ dx\langle f, \phi\rangle = \int_\Omega f\phi\,dx⟨f,ϕ⟩=∫Ω​fϕdx.

Given coefficients aij,bi,c∈L∞(Ω)a_{ij}, b_i, c \in L^\infty(\Omega)aij​,bi​,c∈L∞(Ω) with aij=ajia_{ij} = a_{ji}aij​=aji​, the operator is

Lu=−∑i,j=1n∂i(aij∂ju)+∑i=1n∂i(biu)+cu.Lu = -\sum_{i,j=1}^n \partial_i(a_{ij}\partial_j u) + \sum_{i=1}^n \partial_i(b_i u) + cu .Lu=−i,j=1∑n​∂i​(aij​∂j​u)+i=1∑n​∂i​(bi​u)+cu.

It is uniformly elliptic if ∑i,jaij(x)ξiξj≥θ∣ξ∣2\sum_{i,j} a_{ij}(x)\xi_i\xi_j \ge \theta|\xi|^2∑i,j​aij​(x)ξi​ξj​≥θ∣ξ∣2 for some θ>0\theta > 0θ>0, almost every xxx and every ξ\xiξ. Its bilinear form on H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) is

a(u,v)=∫Ω(∑i,jaij ∂iu ∂jv−∑ibi u ∂iv+c uv)dx,a(u,v) = \int_\Omega \Big(\sum_{i,j} a_{ij}\,\partial_i u\,\partial_j v - \sum_i b_i\,u\,\partial_i v + c\,uv\Big)dx ,a(u,v)=∫Ω​(i,j∑​aij​∂i​u∂j​v−i∑​bi​u∂i​v+cuv)dx,

and the formal adjoint L∗u=−∑∂i(aij∂ju)−∑bi∂iu+cuL^*u = -\sum\partial_i(a_{ij}\partial_j u) - \sum b_i\partial_i u + cuL∗u=−∑∂i​(aij​∂j​u)−∑bi​∂i​u+cu has the form a∗(u,v)=a(v,u)a^*(u,v) = a(v,u)a∗(u,v)=a(v,u). For μ∈R\mu \in \mathbb{R}μ∈R, uuu is a weak solution of Lu+μu=fLu + \mu u = fLu+μu=f with u=0u = 0u=0 on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω if u∈H01(Ω)u \in H^1_0(\Omega)u∈H01​(Ω) and a(u,ϕ)+μ∫Ωuϕ=⟨f,ϕ⟩a(u,\phi) + \mu\int_\Omega u\phi = \langle f,\phi\ranglea(u,ϕ)+μ∫Ω​uϕ=⟨f,ϕ⟩ for all ϕ∈H01(Ω)\phi \in H^1_0(\Omega)ϕ∈H01​(Ω). The resolvent K=(L+μI)−1K = (L+\mu I)^{-1}K=(L+μI)−1 maps f∈L2(Ω)f \in L^2(\Omega)f∈L2(Ω) to that solution.

A bounded operator TTT on a Hilbert space is Fredholm if its kernel is finite-dimensional and its range is closed with finite-dimensional orthogonal complement. Its index is dim⁡ker⁡T−dim⁡(ran⁡T)⊥\dim\ker T - \dim(\operatorname{ran}T)^\perpdimkerT−dim(ranT)⊥.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Fredholm alternative (Theorem 4.24)

For Ω\OmegaΩ bounded, LLL uniformly elliptic and λ∈R\lambda \in \mathbb{R}λ∈R, exactly one of the following holds:

(1)ker⁡(L∗−λ)=0  and  ∀f∈L2(Ω) ∃! u∈H01(Ω): Lu−λu=f;\text{(1)}\quad \ker(L^*-\lambda) = 0 \ \text{ and } \ \forall f \in L^2(\Omega)\ \exists!\,u \in H^1_0(\Omega):\ Lu - \lambda u = f;(1)ker(L∗−λ)=0  and  ∀f∈L2(Ω) ∃!u∈H01​(Ω): Lu−λu=f; (2)0<dim⁡ker⁡(L−λ)=dim⁡ker⁡(L∗−λ)<∞,Lu−λu=f solvable  ⟺  f⊥L2ker⁡(L∗−λ),\text{(2)}\quad 0 < \dim\ker(L-\lambda) = \dim\ker(L^*-\lambda) < \infty,\quad Lu - \lambda u = f \text{ solvable} \iff f \perp_{L^2} \ker(L^*-\lambda),(2)0<dimker(L−λ)=dimker(L∗−λ)<∞,Lu−λu=f solvable⟺f⊥L2​ker(L∗−λ),

with non-unique solutions in case (2). Every kernel and equation is meant in the weak sense on H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω).

Milestones

  • Poincaré inequality (Theorem 4.9): ∫Ωu2≤C∫Ω∣Du∣2\int_\Omega u^2 \le C\int_\Omega |Du|^2∫Ω​u2≤C∫Ω​∣Du∣2 on H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) when Ω\OmegaΩ lies between two parallel hyperplanes. Unique solvability of −Δu=f∈H−1(Ω)-\Delta u = f \in H^{-1}(\Omega)−Δu=f∈H−1(Ω) (Theorem 4.11).
  • The Lax–Milgram theorem (Theorem 4.20).
  • Energy estimates (Theorem 4.21): C1∥u∥H012≤a(u,u)+γ∥u∥L22C_1\|u\|_{H^1_0}^2 \le a(u,u) + \gamma\|u\|_{L^2}^2C1​∥u∥H01​2​≤a(u,u)+γ∥u∥L22​ and ∣a(u,v)∣≤C2∥u∥H01∥v∥H01|a(u,v)| \le C_2\|u\|_{H^1_0}\|v\|_{H^1_0}∣a(u,v)∣≤C2​∥u∥H01​​∥v∥H01​​, with the explicit γ=θ−c0\gamma = \theta - c_0γ=θ−c0​ if b=0b = 0b=0 and γ=12θ∑∥bi∥L∞2+θ2−c0\gamma = \tfrac{1}{2\theta}\sum\|b_i\|_{L^\infty}^2 + \tfrac\theta2 - c_0γ=2θ1​∑∥bi​∥L∞2​+2θ​−c0​ otherwise.
  • Unique weak solvability of Lu+μu=fLu + \mu u = fLu+μu=f for μ≥γ\mu \ge \gammaμ≥γ (Theorem 4.22). The resolvent KKK is bounded on L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega)L2(Ω) with adjoint (L∗+μI)−1(L^*+\mu I)^{-1}(L∗+μI)−1, and it is compact when Ω\OmegaΩ is bounded (Theorem 4.23).
  • The abstract Fredholm alternative for Fredholm operators of index zero (Theorem 4.50).
  • The spectral theorem for symmetric LLL (Theorem 4.25): eigenvalues λ1≤λ2≤⋯→∞\lambda_1 \le \lambda_2 \le \dots \to \inftyλ1​≤λ2​≤⋯→∞ of finite multiplicity, with an orthonormal eigenbasis of L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega)L2(Ω).

Significance

The Fredholm alternative is the complete linear solvability theory of the Dirichlet problem for general elliptic operators on bounded domains. Uniqueness for the homogeneous problem is equivalent to existence for all data. When uniqueness fails, the obstruction is a finite set of orthogonality conditions given by the adjoint problem. This feeds directly into the spectral theory of Theorem 4.25, into eigenfunction expansions, and into the existence theory for parabolic and hyperbolic equations (Galerkin approximation in later chapters). Nonlinear elliptic problems are routinely reduced to it through linearization and the implicit function theorem.

Mathlib has Lax–Milgram for continuous coercive forms, compact operators, the Riesz representation theorem and the spectral theorem for compact self-adjoint operators. It does not have Sobolev spaces with zero boundary values as used here, elliptic bilinear forms, Fredholm operators or their index. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of these results has a machine-checked statement for elliptic operators with L∞L^\inftyL∞ coefficients. The mission would give formal statements, and eventually proofs, of textbook results that are fully proved on paper.

Difficulty

The abstract functional analysis is close to the library. The difficulty lies in connecting it to the PDE objects. Gårding's inequality needs pointwise uniform ellipticity turned into an integral bound on the weak gradient, with the non-symmetric first-order term controlled explicitly enough to reach the stated γ\gammaγ. Compactness of the resolvent needs the Rellich–Kondrachov theorem: H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) embeds compactly in L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega)L2(Ω) for bounded Ω\OmegaΩ, which is not in Mathlib in this form. The goal then relates the weak problem on H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) to operator statements on L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega)L2(Ω) in both directions, including the solution spaces and the adjoint's kernel. A proof that argues only on L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega)L2(Ω), without tracking that the solutions lie in H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) and satisfy the weak identity for every H01H^1_0H01​ test function, does not reach the stated result.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with Lebesgue measure. Coordinates are 0-based.
  • H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) (H10 n Ω) is modelled by jets. It is the closure, in L2(Ω;R×Rn)L^2(\Omega;\mathbb{R}\times\mathbb{R}^n)L2(Ω;R×Rn), of the pairs (ϕ,∇ϕ)(\phi,\nabla\phi)(ϕ,∇ϕ) for smooth compactly supported ϕ\phiϕ with support in Ω\OmegaΩ. Its norm is exactly the standard H1H^1H1 norm, and it is a Hilbert space. H−1(Ω)H^{-1}(\Omega)H−1(Ω) is StrongDual ℝ (H10 n Ω).
  • Coefficients are bundled in Coeffs n. Admissible is L∞(Ω)L^\infty(\Omega)L∞(Ω) membership plus a.e. symmetry. Uniform ellipticity carries θ>0\theta > 0θ>0.
  • Weak solutions are tested against every ϕ∈H01(Ω)\phi \in H^1_0(\Omega)ϕ∈H01​(Ω), not only test functions. f∈L2(Ω)f \in L^2(\Omega)f∈L2(Ω) is an element of Lp ℝ 2 on Ω\OmegaΩ.
  • The printed display (4.21) of the adjoint form has +∑bi(∂iu)v+\sum b_i(\partial_i u)v+∑bi​(∂i​u)v. That contradicts both a∗(u,v)=a(v,u)a^*(u,v) = a(v,u)a∗(u,v)=a(v,u) and the stated L∗L^*L∗. The formalization uses a∗(u,v)=a(v,u)a^*(u,v) = a(v,u)a∗(u,v)=a(v,u).
  • Theorem 4.22's printed equation "Lu+μf=0Lu + \mu f = 0Lu+μf=0" is read as Lu+μu=fLu + \mu u = fLu+μu=f, as in Definition 4.19 and the proof.
  • Theorem 4.25's printed λ1<λ2\lambda_1 < \lambda_2λ1​<λ2​ is stated as λ1≤λ2\lambda_1 \le \lambda_2λ1​≤λ2​, since the strict inequality fails for disconnected Ω\OmegaΩ. Ω≠∅\Omega \neq \emptysetΩ=∅ and n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 are assumed there.
  • In Theorem 4.21 the explicit γ\gammaγ is asserted for every a.e. lower bound c0c_0c0​ of ccc, which is equivalent to the book's c0=inf⁡cc_0 = \inf cc0​=infc.
  • The Fredholm index is an integer computed from Module.finrank and is only used for Fredholm operators.
  • Solution spaces are subspaces of H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω). Their finite-dimensionality is asserted separately from the equality of dimensions, so a finrank equality between two infinite-dimensional spaces (both 000 in Lean) cannot stand in for the book's claim.
  • A resolvent defined by an arbitrary choice with junk value 000 is only used for μ≥γ\mu \ge \gammaμ≥γ, where the weak solution exists and is unique. The theorem asserts that this function is a continuous linear map, so it cannot be satisfied vacuously.

Needed infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: the jet model of H01H^1_0H01​ and its Poincaré inequality, Gårding-type estimates, a Rellich–Kondrachov compactness theorem for H01(Ω)↪L2(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega) \hookrightarrow L^2(\Omega)H01​(Ω)↪L2(Ω), and Fredholm operators with index on Hilbert spaces. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. K. Hunter, Notes on Partial Differential Equations, UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, Chapter 4. https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/pdes/pde_notes.pdf
  • L. C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, 2nd ed., AMS Graduate Studies in Mathematics 19, 2010, Chapter 6. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/019
  • P. D. Lax and A. N. Milgram, "Parabolic equations", Contributions to the Theory of Partial Differential Equations, Annals of Mathematics Studies 33, 1954, 167–190. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400882182-010
  • L. Gårding, "Dirichlet's problem for linear elliptic partial differential equations", Mathematica Scandinavica 1 (1953), 55–72. https://doi.org/10.7146/math.scand.a-10364
  • D. Gilbarg and N. S. Trudinger, Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order, Springer Classics in Mathematics, 2001, Chapter 8. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61798-0
14 thms5 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Differential GeometryMathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

Bray–Hamm–Hirsch–Wheeler–Zhang 2019: Flatly Foliated Relativity — Λ > 0 implies a unique vacuumResearch Paper

Motivation

Flatly Foliated Relativity (FFR) is a theory of gravity introduced by Bray, Hamm, Hirsch, Wheeler and Zhang (arXiv:1911.00967, 2019) that sits between special and general relativity. It keeps the Einstein–Hilbert action of general relativity (GR) but restricts it to spacetimes that are foliated by flat Euclidean spaces (Assumption 1 of the paper): "matter curves spacetime, but not space". The authors motivate this by the observed spatial flatness of the local universe. Since gravitational waves are excluded, FFR is proposed as an approximation of GR whose metric equations are much more tractable. It still contains the big bang (FLRW spacetimes with k=0k = 0k=0), accelerated expansion and the exterior Schwarzschild spacetime.

One headline feature of the theory is how a positive cosmological constant Λ>0\Lambda > 0Λ>0 (Assumption 2) shapes it. For Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 the paper shows that the FFR metric equations are elliptic on every slice, that the mean curvature of the foliation gives a geometric arrow of time, and that there is exactly one vacuum solution among solutions that are spherically symmetric at infinity. For Λ=0\Lambda=0Λ=0 uniqueness fails, and for Λ<0\Lambda<0Λ<0 existence fails. This mission formalizes Sections 3.2–5 of the paper, which contain these statements.

Setting

All FFR equations live on a single flat slice Rt3\mathbb R^3_tRt3​, with no time derivatives, so the formalization works on R3\mathbb R^3R3 with coordinates x1,x2,x3x_1,x_2,x_3x1​,x2​,x3​. The spacetime metric is

g=(−η2+∣ω∣2) dt2−(ω⊗dt+dt⊗ω)+δR3,g = (-\eta^2+|\omega|^2)\,dt^2-(\omega\otimes dt+dt\otimes\omega)+\delta_{\mathbb R^3},g=(−η2+∣ω∣2)dt2−(ω⊗dt+dt⊗ω)+δR3​,

where η>0\eta>0η>0 is the lapse and ω\omegaω is a one-form on R3\mathbb R^3R3, identified with a vector field through the flat metric. Matter enters through the energy density μ\muμ and the momentum density JJJ. Writing ωi,j=∂jωi\omega_{i,j}=\partial_j\omega_iωi,j​=∂j​ωi​, ∇⋅ω=ωi,i\nabla\cdot\omega=\omega_{i,i}∇⋅ω=ωi,i​ and Δ\DeltaΔ for the flat Laplacian (summation over repeated indices), the FFR equations (34)–(35) are

2Λ+16πμ=1η2[(∇⋅ω)2−14∥ωi,j+ωj,i∥2],2\Lambda+16\pi\mu=\frac1{\eta^2}\Big[(\nabla\cdot\omega)^2-\tfrac14\|\omega_{i,j}+\omega_{j,i}\|^2\Big],2Λ+16πμ=η21​[(∇⋅ω)2−41​∥ωi,j​+ωj,i​∥2], 16πJi=1η(Δωi−∂i(∇⋅ω))+2η2(∇⋅ω)ηi−1η2(ωi,j+ωj,i)ηj.16\pi J_i=\frac1\eta\big(\Delta\omega_i-\partial_i(\nabla\cdot\omega)\big)+\frac2{\eta^2}(\nabla\cdot\omega)\eta_i-\frac1{\eta^2}(\omega_{i,j}+\omega_{j,i})\eta_j .16πJi​=η1​(Δωi​−∂i​(∇⋅ω))+η22​(∇⋅ω)ηi​−η21​(ωi,j​+ωj,i​)ηj​.

Substituting ω=df+ζ\omega=df+\zetaω=df+ζ with ∇⋅ζ=0\nabla\cdot\zeta=0∇⋅ζ=0 gives the elliptic form (39)–(41), with unknowns (f,ζ,η)(f,\zeta,\eta)(f,ζ,η). Here Qij=fij+12(ζi,j+ζj,i)Q_{ij}=f_{ij}+\tfrac12(\zeta_{i,j}+\zeta_{j,i})Qij​=fij​+21​(ζi,j​+ζj,i​):

(Δf)2−∥Q∥2=(16πμ+2Λ)η2,(\Delta f)^2-\|Q\|^2=(16\pi\mu+2\Lambda)\eta^2,(Δf)2−∥Q∥2=(16πμ+2Λ)η2, Δζi=16πJiη−2η(Δf δij−Qij)ηj,\Delta\zeta_i=16\pi J_i\eta-\tfrac2\eta(\Delta f\,\delta_{ij}-Q_{ij})\eta_j,Δζi​=16πJi​η−η2​(Δfδij​−Qij​)ηj​, (Δf δij−Qij)ηij=8π∇⋅(Jη2),(\Delta f\,\delta_{ij}-Q_{ij})\eta_{ij}=8\pi\nabla\cdot(J\eta^2),(Δfδij​−Qij​)ηij​=8π∇⋅(Jη2),

together with the requirement ∇⋅ζ→0\nabla\cdot\zeta\to0∇⋅ζ→0 at infinity. Vacuum means μ=0\mu=0μ=0 and J=0J=0J=0. When Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0, the paper fixes the time orientation by the arrow-of-time convention K=(∇⋅ω)/η=Δf/η>0K=(\nabla\cdot\omega)/\eta=\Delta f/\eta>0K=(∇⋅ω)/η=Δf/η>0 (Convention 1). A pair (ω,η)(\omega,\eta)(ω,η) is spherically symmetric at infinity if it is spherically symmetric on {r≥r0}\{r\ge r_0\}{r≥r0​} for some r0>0r_0>0r0​>0. Two vacuum solutions count as the same if they differ by an overall positive constant factor, which corresponds to rescaling ttt.

Formalization targets

Goal: Corollary 2

For Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0, the pair ω=Λ/3 r ∂r\omega=\sqrt{\Lambda/3}\,r\,\partial_rω=Λ/3​r∂r​, η=1\eta=1η=1 is a smooth vacuum solution that is spherically symmetric at infinity. Every smooth vacuum solution with η>0\eta>0η>0 and (∇⋅ω)/η>0(\nabla\cdot\omega)/\eta>0(∇⋅ω)/η>0 that is spherically symmetric at infinity has the form

η≡c,ω=cΛ/3  x(c>0).\eta\equiv c,\qquad \omega=c\sqrt{\Lambda/3}\;x\qquad(c>0).η≡c,ω=cΛ/3​x(c>0).

Milestones

Theorem 2 (equivalence with the elliptic form), Theorem 3 (arrow of time), Theorem 4 (ellipticity inequality), Lemma 1 (symmetrization), identity (82)–(83), Theorem 5 (uniqueness for the elliptic form under approximate spherical symmetry), Lemma 2 (Λ=0\Lambda=0Λ=0: many vacua) and Lemma 3 (Λ<0\Lambda<0Λ<0: no vacuum).

Significance

Corollary 2 is the fourth claim of the paper's main result (Theorem 1). It is the precise sense in which FFR with Λ>0\Lambda>0Λ>0 is rigid, in contrast to GR, which has many vacuum solutions that are spherically symmetric at infinity (gravitational waves). Together with Lemmas 2 and 3, it singles out the sign of Λ\LambdaΛ as the parameter that controls existence and uniqueness. The intermediate results are of independent use. Theorem 2 lets the elliptic system replace the original one, Theorem 4 is the ellipticity statement behind the existence question posed in the paper (Question 1), and Lemma 1 is a symmetrization inequality for the 222-Hessian operator σ2(∇2f)\sigma_2(\nabla^2 f)σ2​(∇2f).

These are paper proofs. No machine-checked version of any of them is known to the proposer. The mission asks for a complete formal proof of the goal and the milestones in Lean 4 with Mathlib.

Difficulty

The algebra is elementary. The difficulty is analytic. The uniqueness arguments rest on maximum principles for the elliptic equations (41) and (45) on all of R3\mathbb R^3R3 under conditions at infinity, on Liouville-type arguments for harmonic functions, and on a Newtonian-potential representation (convolution with the Green's function of Δ\DeltaΔ) used to show ζ→0\zeta\to0ζ→0. Lemma 1 needs averaging over rotations (spherical symmetrization), Jensen's inequality and a characterization of its equality case. Theorem 5 then needs a divergence-theorem argument on large balls that is controlled only by the approximate symmetry hypothesis. Mathlib provides the divergence theorem on boxes and some harmonic-function theory, but no ready-made maximum principle for second-order elliptic operators with variable coefficients on Rn\mathbb R^nRn.

Formalization scope

  • Space is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin 3). One-forms ω,ζ,J\omega,\zeta,Jω,ζ,J are vector fields R3→R3\mathbb R^3\to\mathbb R^3R3→R3, and the paper's ω\omegaω is written w in Lean. Partial derivatives are fderiv applied to the standard basis vectors. Because fderiv returns 000 at non-differentiable points, every statement assumes smoothness (ContDiff ℝ ∞) of all fields, as the paper does.
  • "Spherically symmetric" means invariance (for scalars) or equivariance (for one-forms) under all linear isometries of R3\mathbb R^3R3. Because SO(3)SO(3)SO(3) acts transitively on spheres, this is equivalent to rotational symmetry.
  • The spherical symmetrization fˉ(x)\bar f(x)fˉ​(x) is the average of fff over the sphere of radius ∣x∣|x|∣x∣, taken with respect to the surface measure volume.toSphere. "Approximately spherically symmetric at ∞\infty∞" is read as: f−fˉf-\bar ff−fˉ​ is bounded and r2 ∥∇2(f−fˉ)∥ ∥∇(f−fˉ)∥→0r^2\,\|\nabla^2(f-\bar f)\|\,\|\nabla(f-\bar f)\|\to0r2∥∇2(f−fˉ​)∥∥∇(f−fˉ​)∥→0 uniformly as r→∞r\to\inftyr→∞, using operator norms.
  • The arrow-of-time convention Δf/η>0\Delta f/\eta>0Δf/η>0 (respectively (∇⋅ω)/η>0(\nabla\cdot\omega)/\eta>0(∇⋅ω)/η>0) is an explicit hypothesis wherever the paper invokes it. Without it, f↦−ff\mapsto-ff↦−f (time reversal) produces a second solution.
  • Existence parts are stated with explicit witnesses. A formalization that drops smoothness, η>0\eta>0η>0 or the convention would be trivial or false, and is not acceptable.
  • Contributions such as maximum principles, Liouville theorems and spherical averaging in Rn\mathbb R^nRn are reusable well beyond this mission and are welcome as separate lemmas.

Selected references

  • H. L. Bray, B. Hamm, S. Hirsch, J. Wheeler, Y. Zhang, Flatly Foliated Relativity, arXiv:1911.00967v2, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1911.00967
  • L. Caffarelli, L. Nirenberg, J. Spruck, The Dirichlet problem for nonlinear second order elliptic equations, III: Functions of the eigenvalues of the Hessian, Acta Mathematica 155 (1985), 261–301 (cited in the paper for the existence theory of the J=0J=0J=0 case).
  • J. Corvino, R. M. Schoen, On the asymptotics for the vacuum Einstein constraint equations, Journal of Differential Geometry 73(2) (2006), 185–217 (cited in the paper for the comparison with GR).
22 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Theory of Computation·Captain: marwahaha

Incompressible Box Transport and Finite ComputationOpen Problem

Motivation

Volume-preserving box transport supplies geometric operations for a finite computation. The selected goal assembles these into a force and a fixed particle observer. The pinned manuscript supplies the research context.

Setting

A finite machine and input determine effective velocity and force coefficients. The force depends affinely on positive viscosity, and after time one the velocity is periodic and depends only on the machine.

Formalization target

The selected goal is OAI.BalancedTransport.balanced_three_stack_realization. Its central assertion is

∃t≥0: X(t,(4,0,0))∈(−1,2)3⟺M halts on w.\exists t\geq0:\ X(t,(4,0,0))\in(-1,2)^3\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad M\text{ halts on }w.∃t≥0: X(t,(4,0,0))∈(−1,2)3⟺M halts on w.

The theorem states that there exist velocity fields U(M,w), force coefficients f₀(M,w) and f₁(M,w), material flows X(M,w), and a globally 1-periodic velocity field R(M) for each finite deterministic tape machine M, with the following properties for every finite input word w. On nonnegative time and ℝ³, U, f₀ and f₁ are smooth and vanish outside a common spatial compact set independent of time; every mixed space-time derivative of U is uniformly bounded. Moreover, f₀ = ∂ₜU + (U·∇)U and f₁ = −ΔU. All three families are uniformly effective from the encoded machine and input: algorithms approximate every mixed derivative component at rational space-time points within 2⁻ⁿ, provide global integer bounds on these derivatives, and provide integer support radii. The velocity is 1-periodic after time 1 and satisfies U(M,w)(t,x) = R(M)(t,x) for every t ≥ 1, so its later field depends only on M. The flow satisfies X(0,a) = a and ∂ₜX(t,a) = U(t,X(t,a)); its trajectory starting at (4,0,0) enters (−1,2)³ at some nonnegative time exactly when M halts on w, meaning that a configuration with no next transition is reached after finitely many machine steps. For every viscosity ν > 0, the force f = f₀ + νf₁ is smooth, has uniformly bounded mixed derivatives, and is 1-periodic after time 1; U with pressure zero solves the incompressible Navier–Stokes equation ∂ₜU + (U·∇)U = νΔU + f with U(0,·) = 0. This velocity is unique among smooth zero-data solutions in the comparison class, and every such solution has spatially constant pressure. The comparison class requires the velocity and all spatial derivatives through order two to be continuous in time as L² functions, the velocity to be continuously differentiable in time in L², velocity and first spatial derivatives to be bounded on each finite time slab, and pressure, after subtracting a time-dependent scalar, together with its first spatial derivatives to be continuous in time in L²; (U,0) belongs to this class. Finally, derivative approximations and global derivative bounds for f are computable when ν is computable, and computable relative to any rational name of ν whose nth approximation has error at most 2⁻ⁿ.

Significance and status

The balanced three-stack realization is the main goal; balanced box routing is a separate supporting reference. The exact conclusion permits spatially constant pressure in competing solutions and explicitly states its comparison class. The target is currently Open on Prove2Me. The manuscript's mathematical argument and a machine-checked proof of the selected statement are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

Uniform effectiveness, compact support, periodic behavior and uniqueness must all coexist with exact halting detection.

Formalization scope

The exact published goal, its hypotheses and its referenced definition blocks specify the requested formalization. The explanatory formula above is a summary; all quantifiers and additional clauses in the linked statement remain required.

Additional published targets are included as separate references:

  • OAI.BoxTransport.Routing.balanced_box_routing (Open).

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Incompressible Box Transport and Finite Computation, preprint, 2026. Manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Selected goal source.
93 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

Tegmark 1997: On the Dimensionality of SpacetimeResearch Paper

Motivation

In a short 1997 letter, Max Tegmark argued that, given the other laws of physics, a spacetime with nnn space and mmm time dimensions can host observers who understand and predict their world only when (n,m)=(3,1)(n,m)=(3,1)(n,m)=(3,1) (Tegmark 1997). The argument is physical and anthropic, but each step rests on a precise mathematical fact: the classification of second-order linear PDEs into elliptic, hyperbolic and ultrahyperbolic type, the well-posedness (or ill-posedness) of the corresponding initial-value problems, the potential theory of Rn\mathbb R^nRn, the stability of Kepler orbits, and the algebra of curvature tensors in low dimension. This mission collects those mathematical facts as formal targets.

Timeline of the ingredients cited by the letter:

  • 1917 — Ehrenfest observes that planetary orbits and classical atoms are unstable when n>3n>3n>3.
  • 1936 — Ásgeirsson proves his mean value theorem for the ultrahyperbolic equation.
  • 1962 — Courant and Hilbert (vol. II) give the textbook treatment of PDE type and causal structure.
  • 1963 — Tangherlini shows that the hydrogen atom has no bound states for n>3n>3n>3.
  • 1973/1984 — Misner–Thorne–Wheeler and Deser–Jackiw–'t Hooft emphasize that general relativity has no gravitational force when n<3n<3n<3.

Setting

A second-order linear PDE on Rd\mathbb R^dRd has the form

∑i,j=1dAij ∂i∂ju+∑i=1dbi ∂iu+c u=0,\sum_{i,j=1}^d A_{ij}\,\partial_i\partial_j u+\sum_{i=1}^d b_i\,\partial_i u+c\,u=0,i,j=1∑d​Aij​∂i​∂j​u+i=1∑d​bi​∂i​u+cu=0,

with AAA symmetric. Following the paper, at a point it is elliptic if all eigenvalues of AAA are positive or all are negative, hyperbolic if one eigenvalue is positive and the rest negative (or vice versa), and ultrahyperbolic if at least two are positive and at least two negative. Eigenvalues are counted with multiplicity; the Lean development counts them as the positive/negative real roots of the characteristic polynomial (numPosEigenvalues, numNegEigenvalues, IsElliptic, IsHyperbolic, IsUltrahyperbolic).

A spacetime of dimensionality (n,m)(n,m)(n,m) carries a metric ggg with mmm positive (time-like) and nnn negative (space-like) eigenvalues, so that (n,m)=(3,1)(n,m)=(3,1)(n,m)=(3,1) has signature (+−−−)(+---)(+−−−). The covariant field equations u;μμ=0u_{;\mu}{}^{\mu}=0u;μ​μ=0 (wave) and u;μμ+μ2u=0u_{;\mu}{}^{\mu}+\mu^2u=0u;μ​μ+μ2u=0 (Klein–Gordon) have coefficient matrix A=g−1A=g^{-1}A=g−1. The Laplacian on Rn\mathbb R^nRn is ∇2f=∑i∂i2f\nabla^2 f=\sum_i\partial_i^2 f∇2f=∑i​∂i2​f (laplacian).

Formalization targets

Goal: type of the field equations as a function of (n,m)(n,m)(n,m)

For a symmetric ggg with mmm positive and nnn negative eigenvalues,

elliptic  ⟺  n=0 or m=0,hyperbolic  ⟺  n=1 or m=1,ultrahyperbolic  ⟺  n≥2 and m≥2.\text{elliptic}\iff n=0\ \text{or}\ m=0,\qquad \text{hyperbolic}\iff n=1\ \text{or}\ m=1,\qquad \text{ultrahyperbolic}\iff n\ge2\ \text{and}\ m\ge2.elliptic⟺n=0 or m=0,hyperbolic⟺n=1 or m=1,ultrahyperbolic⟺n≥2 and m≥2.

Milestones (in the order of the paper)

  1. (p. L70) For n>2n>2n>2, r2−nr^{2-n}r2−n is harmonic on Rn∖{0}\mathbb R^n\setminus\{0\}Rn∖{0}.
  2. (p. L70) For n>3n>3n>3 the effective potential U(r)=L22μr2−k r2−nU(r)=\frac{L^2}{2\mu r^2}-k\,r^{2-n}U(r)=2μr2L2​−kr2−n has no strict local minimum: no stable orbits.
  3. (p. L70) For n=3n=3n=3 and L≠0L\neq0L=0 it has one: stable circular orbits exist.
  4. (p. L71) For n>3n>3n>3 the hydrogen energy functional is unbounded below.
  5. (p. L71) For n<3n<3n<3, Ricci-flat algebraic curvature tensors in dimension n+1n+1n+1 vanish.
  6. (p. L73) g−1g^{-1}g−1 has the same numbers of positive and negative eigenvalues as ggg.
  7. (p. L73) The signatures (+−−−)(+---)(+−−−), (+++++)(+++++)(+++++), (++−−)(++--)(++−−) give hyperbolic, elliptic, ultrahyperbolic equations.
  8. (p. L73) The Cauchy problem for the Laplace equation with data on a line is ill-posed.
  9. (p. L73) The Klein–Gordon initial-value problem is well-posed in the cones of dependence (energy estimate).
  10. (p. L73) Ásgeirsson's mean value theorem for ∇x2u=∇y2u\nabla_x^2u=\nabla_y^2u∇x2​u=∇y2​u.

Significance

The goal makes precise the paper's central new observation: the hyperbolicity needed for a well-posed initial-value problem singles out exactly one time dimension (or, in the tachyonic mirror case, one space dimension). The milestones supply the mathematical content behind each of the paper's other claims, namely instability for n>3n>3n>3 and the absence of gravity for n<3n<3n<3, as well as the well-posedness and ill-posedness facts behind the "predictability" argument. All of these are classical results; none of them is new mathematics. The value of the mission is a machine-checked record of exactly which mathematical statements the argument uses, under which hypotheses, and with which caveats (for instance the critical coupling in four dimensions).

Difficulty

The goal is linear algebra. The difficulty lies in the milestones: Ásgeirsson's theorem and the Klein–Gordon energy estimate need integration over spheres and balls, a divergence theorem or spherical-mean calculus, and differentiation under the integral sign, and Mathlib supports these only partially. The four-dimensional hydrogen case sits exactly at the Hardy-inequality threshold, where the outcome depends on the coupling constant.

Formalization scope

  • Matrices are real and indexed by Fin d; eigenvalue counts are root counts of the characteristic polynomial with multiplicity. Classification is pointwise: one constant coefficient matrix.
  • Functions on Rn\mathbb R^nRn live on EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n); derivatives are Fréchet derivatives, and the Laplacian is the sum of pure second derivatives along the standard basis.
  • "Stable orbit" means a strict local minimum of the radial effective potential at some radius r0>0r_0>0r0​>0.
  • "No bound states" means that the energy ∫∣∇ψ∣2−κ∫∣x∣2−nψ2\int|\nabla\psi|^2-\kappa\int|x|^{2-n}\psi^2∫∣∇ψ∣2−κ∫∣x∣2−nψ2 is unbounded below on smooth, compactly supported, L2L^2L2-normalized real ψ\psiψ (units ℏ2/2m=1\hbar^2/2m=1ℏ2/2m=1). For n=4n=4n=4 the claim is only asserted for κ>1\kappa>1κ>1, the Hardy threshold.
  • "No gravity" is formalized pointwise: a tensor with the Riemann symmetries and zero Ricci contraction vanishes.
  • Ill-posedness of the elliptic Cauchy problem is formalized by one explicit instance (the Laplace equation in the plane with data on y=0y=0y=0). Well-posedness of the hyperbolic one is formalized by the local energy inequality for C2C^2C2 Klein–Gordon solutions.

Reusable infrastructure: PDE type via eigenvalue signs, spherical means, and local energy estimates for wave-type equations.

Selected references

  • M. Tegmark, On the dimensionality of spacetime, Class. Quantum Grav. 14 (1997) L69–L75. https://doi.org/10.1088/0264-9381/14/4/002
  • R. Courant and D. Hilbert, Methods of Mathematical Physics, vol. II, Interscience, 1962.
  • L. Ásgeirsson, Über eine Mittelwertseigenschaft von Lösungen homogener linearer partieller Differentialgleichungen 2. Ordnung mit konstanten Koeffizienten, Math. Ann. 113 (1936) 321–346.
  • F. R. Tangherlini, Schwarzschild field in n dimensions and the dimensionality of space problem, Nuovo Cimento 27 (1963) 636–651.
  • P. Ehrenfest, Proc. Amsterdam Acad. 20 (1917) 200.
19 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional AnalysisHarmonic Analysis+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics IX: The Free Schrödinger OperatorTextbook

Motivation

The free Schrödinger operator H0=−ΔH_0 = -\DeltaH0​=−Δ is the Hamiltonian of a quantum particle, or of NNN non-interacting particles, moving in Rn\mathbb R^nRn without external forces. Every Schrödinger operator H=−Δ+VH = -\Delta + VH=−Δ+V studied in quantum mechanics is a perturbation of it, and each standard tool of the theory refers back to H0H_0H0​: the Kato–Rellich theorem asks that VVV be relatively bounded with respect to H0H_0H0​, Weyl's theorem compares essential spectra with that of H0H_0H0​, and scattering theory compares the dynamics e−itHe^{-itH}e−itH with the free dynamics e−itH0e^{-itH_0}e−itH0​. Knowing exactly what H0H_0H0​ is (its domain, its self-adjointness, its spectrum and its time evolution) is therefore the base case of the spectral theory of Schrödinger operators.

All of this is obtained from one tool, the Fourier transform, which turns differentiation into multiplication. This mission follows Chapter 7 of G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics (AMS GSM 99, 2009), doi:10.1090/gsm/099. The chapter first develops the Fourier transform on the Schwartz space, on L1L^1L1 and on L2L^2L2, and then applies it to H0H_0H0​. The same material appears in Reed–Simon (Vol. II, Sec. IX.1 and IX.7).

Setting

Write Rn\mathbb R^nRn for Euclidean space with px=∑jpjxjpx = \sum_j p_j x_jpx=∑j​pj​xj​ and x2=∣x∣2x^2 = |x|^2x2=∣x∣2. For an integrable f:Rn→Cf : \mathbb R^n \to \mathbb Cf:Rn→C the Fourier transform and its inverse are

f^(p)=F(f)(p)=1(2π)n/2∫Rne−ipxf(x) dnx,gˇ(x)=1(2π)n/2∫Rneipxg(p) dnp.\hat f(p) = \mathcal F(f)(p) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{n/2}}\int_{\mathbb R^n} e^{-ipx} f(x)\,d^nx, \qquad \check g(x) = \frac{1}{(2\pi)^{n/2}}\int_{\mathbb R^n} e^{ipx} g(p)\,d^np .f^​(p)=F(f)(p)=(2π)n/21​∫Rn​e−ipxf(x)dnx,gˇ​(x)=(2π)n/21​∫Rn​eipxg(p)dnp.

The Schwartz space S(Rn)\mathcal S(\mathbb R^n)S(Rn) consists of the smooth functions all of whose derivatives decay faster than any polynomial. L1(Rn)L^1(\mathbb R^n)L1(Rn) and L2(Rn)L^2(\mathbb R^n)L2(Rn) are the usual Lebesgue spaces, and C∞(Rn)C_\infty(\mathbb R^n)C∞​(Rn) denotes the continuous functions vanishing at infinity. The convolution of f,g∈L1f, g \in L^1f,g∈L1 is (f∗g)(x)=∫f(y)g(x−y) dny(f*g)(x) = \int f(y)g(x-y)\,d^ny(f∗g)(x)=∫f(y)g(x−y)dny.

The Sobolev space is H2(Rn)={ψ∈L2∣p2ψ^(p)∈L2}H^2(\mathbb R^n) = \{\psi \in L^2 \mid p^2\hat\psi(p) \in L^2\}H2(Rn)={ψ∈L2∣p2ψ^​(p)∈L2}. The free Schrödinger operator is

H0ψ=−Δψ=F−1(p2ψ^(p)),D(H0)=H2(Rn),H_0\psi = -\Delta\psi = \mathcal F^{-1}\big(p^2\hat\psi(p)\big), \qquad \mathfrak D(H_0) = H^2(\mathbb R^n),H0​ψ=−Δψ=F−1(p2ψ^​(p)),D(H0​)=H2(Rn),

in units with ℏ=1\hbar = 1ℏ=1 and mass m=1/2m = 1/2m=1/2. Its time evolution is e−itH0ψ=F−1(e−itp2ψ^)e^{-itH_0}\psi = \mathcal F^{-1}(e^{-itp^2}\hat\psi)e−itH0​ψ=F−1(e−itp2ψ^​). For a linear operator AAA with domain D(A)\mathfrak D(A)D(A), the resolvent set ρ(A)\rho(A)ρ(A) is the set of z∈Cz \in \mathbb Cz∈C for which A−zA - zA−z maps D(A)\mathfrak D(A)D(A) bijectively onto the Hilbert space with a bounded inverse RA(z)R_A(z)RA​(z), and the spectrum is σ(A)=C∖ρ(A)\sigma(A) = \mathbb C\setminus\rho(A)σ(A)=C∖ρ(A). For self-adjoint AAA and a vector ψ\psiψ, the spectral measure μψ\mu_\psiμψ​ is the finite Borel measure on R\mathbb RR with ⟨ψ,RA(z)ψ⟩=∫(λ−z)−1 dμψ(λ)\langle\psi, R_A(z)\psi\rangle = \int (\lambda - z)^{-1}\,d\mu_\psi(\lambda)⟨ψ,RA​(z)ψ⟩=∫(λ−z)−1dμψ​(λ) for all z∉Rz \notin \mathbb Rz∈/R. The absolutely continuous, singular continuous and pure point spectra σac,σsc,σpp\sigma_{ac}, \sigma_{sc}, \sigma_{pp}σac​,σsc​,σpp​ are the spectra of AAA restricted to the vectors whose spectral measures are of the respective type. A subspace D⊆D(A)D \subseteq \mathfrak D(A)D⊆D(A) is a core if the closure of A∣DA|_DA∣D​ is AAA.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.8

For n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, H0H_0H0​ is self-adjoint and

σ(H0)=σac(H0)=[0,∞),σsc(H0)=σpp(H0)=∅.\sigma(H_0) = \sigma_{ac}(H_0) = [0,\infty), \qquad \sigma_{sc}(H_0) = \sigma_{pp}(H_0) = \emptyset .σ(H0​)=σac​(H0​)=[0,∞),σsc​(H0​)=σpp​(H0​)=∅.

In the Lean statement the spectral-type part is the equivalent assertion that every spectral measure μψ\mu_\psiμψ​ of H0H_0H0​ is absolutely continuous with respect to Lebesgue measure.

Milestones

  • Gaussians (Lemma 7.3). For Re⁡z>0\operatorname{Re} z > 0Rez>0, e−zx2/2∈S(Rn)e^{-zx^2/2} \in \mathcal S(\mathbb R^n)e−zx2/2∈S(Rn) and F(e−zx2/2)(p)=z−n/2e−p2/(2z)\mathcal F(e^{-zx^2/2})(p) = z^{-n/2} e^{-p^2/(2z)}F(e−zx2/2)(p)=z−n/2e−p2/(2z), with zn/2=(z)nz^{n/2} = (\sqrt z)^nzn/2=(z​)n for the principal root.
  • Inversion on S\mathcal SS (Theorem 7.4). F\mathcal FF is a bijection of S(Rn)\mathcal S(\mathbb R^n)S(Rn) with inverse g↦gˇg \mapsto \check gg↦gˇ​, and F2f(x)=f(−x)\mathcal F^2 f(x) = f(-x)F2f(x)=f(−x), so F4=I\mathcal F^4 = \mathbb IF4=I.
  • Plancherel (Theorem 7.5). F\mathcal FF extends to a unitary operator on L2(Rn)L^2(\mathbb R^n)L2(Rn) with σ(F)={1,−1,i,−i}\sigma(\mathcal F) = \{1,-1,i,-i\}σ(F)={1,−1,i,−i}.
  • Riemann–Lebesgue (Lemma 7.6). F:L1→C∞\mathcal F : L^1 \to C_\inftyF:L1→C∞​ is injective and ∥f^∥∞≤(2π)−n/2∥f∥1\|\hat f\|_\infty \le (2\pi)^{-n/2}\|f\|_1∥f^​∥∞​≤(2π)−n/2∥f∥1​.
  • Convolution (Lemma 7.7). f∗g∈L1f * g \in L^1f∗g∈L1, ∥f∗g∥1≤∥f∥1∥g∥1\|f*g\|_1 \le \|f\|_1\|g\|_1∥f∗g∥1​≤∥f∥1​∥g∥1​ and (f∗g)∧=(2π)n/2f^g^(f*g)^\wedge = (2\pi)^{n/2}\hat f\hat g(f∗g)∧=(2π)n/2f^​g^​.
  • Core (Lemma 7.9). Cc∞(Rn)C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^n)Cc∞​(Rn) is a core for H0H_0H0​.
  • Asymptotics (Lemma 7.10). For ψ∈L2\psi \in L^2ψ∈L2, e−itH0ψ(x)−(2it)−n/2eix2/(4t)ψ^(x/(2t))→0e^{-itH_0}\psi(x) - (2it)^{-n/2} e^{ix^2/(4t)}\hat\psi(x/(2t)) \to 0e−itH0​ψ(x)−(2it)−n/2eix2/(4t)ψ^​(x/(2t))→0 in L2L^2L2 as ∣t∣→∞|t|\to\infty∣t∣→∞.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.8 says that a free quantum particle has no bound states and that its energy spectrum is purely absolutely continuous and fills [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). Combined with the RAGE theorem this gives the escape of every free wave packet from bounded regions, and Lemma 7.10 makes the escape quantitative: at large times the position distribution is the momentum distribution rescaled by 2t2t2t. The self-adjointness of H0H_0H0​ on H2(Rn)H^2(\mathbb R^n)H2(Rn) and the core Cc∞(Rn)C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^n)Cc∞​(Rn) are the inputs to the Kato–Rellich treatment of atomic Hamiltonians, and σess(H0)=[0,∞)\sigma_{ess}(H_0) = [0,\infty)σess​(H0​)=[0,∞) is the reference spectrum of Weyl's theorem and of the HVZ theorem.

Formalizing it. The results are classical. Mathlib contains the Fourier transform on L1L^1L1, Schwartz space and L2L^2L2 in the normalization e−2πi⟨x,ξ⟩e^{-2\pi i\langle x,\xi\rangle}e−2πi⟨x,ξ⟩ (including Fourier inversion, Riemann–Lebesgue and the L2L^2L2 isometry), and the Prove2Me corpus holds several of these as FamousTheorems in that normalization. What is missing is Teschl's normalization with its constants, the spectrum of the L2L^2L2 Fourier transform, the operator H0H_0H0​ as an unbounded self-adjoint operator, its resolvent spectrum and spectral type, and the free dynamics. This mission produces these objects in a form the later chapters (Kato–Rellich for atoms, Weyl, HVZ, scattering) can build on.

Difficulty

The Fourier-analytic milestones are close to Mathlib but not in it: every constant has to be transported from the 2π2\pi2π-in-the-exponent convention to Teschl's (2π)−n/2(2\pi)^{-n/2}(2π)−n/2 convention, including the branch of zn/2z^{n/2}zn/2 in Lemma 7.3 and the phase (2it)−n/2(2it)^{-n/2}(2it)−n/2 in Lemma 7.10. The lower bound σ(F)⊇{1,−1,i,−i}\sigma(\mathcal F) \supseteq \{1,-1,i,-i\}σ(F)⊇{1,−1,i,−i} in Theorem 7.5 needs an eigenfunction for each fourth root of unity, which the book defers to the Hermite functions of Section 8.3.

For the goal, self-adjointness and σ(H0)=[0,∞)\sigma(H_0) = [0,\infty)σ(H0​)=[0,∞) require working with the resolvent spectrum of an unbounded LinearPMap, which Mathlib does not provide, and transporting self-adjointness and resolvents through the unitary Fourier transform. The spectral-type statement requires identifying the spectral measure μψ\mu_\psiμψ​ of an unbounded operator from its resolvent alone, without a spectral theorem in the library, and showing that it has a density for every ψ∈L2\psi \in L^2ψ∈L2, not only for nice ψ\psiψ. Lemma 7.9 is a statement about the graph norm of −Δ-\Delta−Δ, which is not controlled by the L2L^2L2 norm alone.

Formalization scope

Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), so that pxpxpx and x2x^2x2 are the Euclidean ones, and L2(Rn)L^2(\mathbb R^n)L2(Rn) is Lp ℂ 2 volume. fourier and fourierInv are Teschl's integrals (7.3) and (7.8) with the prefactor (2π)−n/2(2\pi)^{-n/2}(2π)−n/2. The L2L^2L2 transform ψ^\hat\psiψ^​ (fourierL2) is Mathlib's unitary L2L^2L2 transform rescaled by ψ^(p)=(2π)−n/2(FMψ)(p/2π)\hat\psi(p) = (2\pi)^{-n/2}(\mathcal F_{\mathrm M}\psi)(p/2\pi)ψ^​(p)=(2π)−n/2(FM​ψ)(p/2π), and Theorem 7.5 asserts that it is the unitary extension of (7.3). H0H_0H0​ (freeHamiltonian) and e−itH0e^{-itH_0}e−itH0​ (timeEvolution) are defined as Fourier conjugates of the maximal multiplication operator by the symbol of −Δ-\Delta−Δ and of multiplication by e−itp2e^{-itp^2}e−itp2, written with Mathlib's L2L^2L2 transform, where the symbol is 4π2∣ξ∣24\pi^2|\xi|^24π2∣ξ∣2. These are the same operators as Teschl's, and the domain is exactly H2(Rn)H^2(\mathbb R^n)H2(Rn). Unbounded operators are Mathlib LinearPMaps, self-adjointness is Mathlib's IsSelfAdjoint, and the resolvent and spectrum are the bijective-with-bounded-inverse notions of Teschl, p. 73, not Mathlib's Banach-algebra spectrum, which is used only for the bounded operator F\mathcal FF in Theorem 7.5. Statements that need it carry n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, which the book leaves implicit.

No projection-valued measure or functional calculus is taken as data. The spectral types in (7.25) are expressed through the spectral measures μψ\mu_\psiμψ​, and these are pinned down intrinsically by their Borel transforms ⟨ψ,RH0(z)ψ⟩\langle\psi, R_{H_0}(z)\psi\rangle⟨ψ,RH0​​(z)ψ⟩.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: σ(H0)\sigma(H_0)σ(H0​) is the resolvent spectrum of the operator, not the essential range of p2p^2p2, so σ(H0)=[0,∞)\sigma(H_0) = [0,\infty)σ(H0​)=[0,∞) is not a computation on a multiplication symbol. The absolutely continuous measure in the goal must reproduce the actual resolvent matrix elements, so it cannot be chosen freely, and e−itH0e^{-itH_0}e−itH0​ is not defined by its integral kernel (7.30).

A complete development needs change of normalization lemmas for the Fourier transform, the Hermite eigenfunctions of F\mathcal FF, unitary equivalence of LinearPMaps and its effect on adjoints and resolvents, self-adjointness of maximal real multiplication operators, polar coordinates on Rn\mathbb R^nRn, and graph-norm approximation by cut-offs. The normalization bridge and the multiplication-operator results are reusable across the series. Contributions of either are welcome.

Selected references

  • G. Teschl, Mathematical Methods in Quantum Mechanics, With Applications to Schrödinger Operators, Graduate Studies in Mathematics 99, AMS, 2009, Chapter 7. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/099
  • M. Reed and B. Simon, Methods of Modern Mathematical Physics II: Fourier Analysis, Self-Adjointness, Academic Press, 1975, Sections IX.1 and IX.7.
  • E. M. Stein and G. Weiss, Introduction to Fourier Analysis on Euclidean Spaces, Princeton University Press, 1971, Chapter I. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781400883899
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Notes on Partial Differential Equations VI: Interior Regularity of Weak Solutions via Difference QuotientsTextbook

Motivation

A second-order elliptic equation in divergence form, Lu=−∑i,j∂i(aij∂ju)=fLu = -\sum_{i,j}\partial_i(a_{ij}\partial_j u) = fLu=−∑i,j​∂i​(aij​∂j​u)=f, is usually solved in a weak sense: the Lax–Milgram theorem or the Fredholm alternative produces a function u∈H1(Ω)u \in H^1(\Omega)u∈H1(Ω), which has only first-order weak derivatives, and the equation holds after one integration by parts against every test function. The phrase "solution of a PDE" then covers objects for which the second derivatives appearing in LLL need not exist. Regularity theory closes this gap: under smoothness of the coefficients and the data, weak solutions have exactly as many derivatives as the equation suggests. It is used throughout the calculus of variations, spectral theory and nonlinear PDE.

The interior H2H^2H2 estimate for divergence-form operators with C1C^1C1 coefficients goes back to the difference-quotient technique of L. Nirenberg (1955) and is standard in textbooks such as Evans, Partial Differential Equations, §6.3, and Gilbarg–Trudinger, Chapter 8. This mission follows the treatment in J. K. Hunter's lecture notes, §4.11 and Appendix 4.C.

Setting

Points of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn are written x=(x1,…,xn)x = (x_1, \dots, x_n)x=(x1​,…,xn​), and eie_iei​ is the iiith standard unit vector. Let Ω⊆Rn\Omega \subseteq \mathbb{R}^nΩ⊆Rn be an open set. A set Ω′\Omega'Ω′ is compactly contained in Ω\OmegaΩ, written Ω′⋐Ω\Omega' \Subset \OmegaΩ′⋐Ω, if Ω′\Omega'Ω′ is nonempty and open, its closure Ω′‾\overline{\Omega'}Ω′ is compact, and Ω′‾⊂Ω\overline{\Omega'} \subset \OmegaΩ′⊂Ω.

A test function is an infinitely differentiable ϕ\phiϕ with compact support inside Ω\OmegaΩ (the space Cc∞(Ω)C_c^\infty(\Omega)Cc∞​(Ω)). A function ggg is the weak derivative ∂αf\partial^\alpha f∂αf of a locally integrable fff (multi-index α\alphaα) if ∫Ωgϕ dx=(−1)∣α∣∫Ωf ∂αϕ dx\int_\Omega g\phi\,dx = (-1)^{|\alpha|}\int_\Omega f\,\partial^\alpha\phi\,dx∫Ω​gϕdx=(−1)∣α∣∫Ω​f∂αϕdx for all test functions ϕ\phiϕ. The Sobolev space Hk(Ω)=Wk,2(Ω)H^k(\Omega) = W^{k,2}(\Omega)Hk(Ω)=Wk,2(Ω) consists of the functions whose weak derivatives of order at most kkk exist and lie in L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega)L2(Ω), with norm ∥u∥Hk(Ω)=(∑∣α∣≤k∥∂αu∥L2(Ω)2)1/2\|u\|_{H^k(\Omega)} = (\sum_{|\alpha|\le k}\|\partial^\alpha u\|_{L^2(\Omega)}^2)^{1/2}∥u∥Hk(Ω)​=(∑∣α∣≤k​∥∂αu∥L2(Ω)2​)1/2; more generally Wk,p(Ω)W^{k,p}(\Omega)Wk,p(Ω) uses LpL^pLp. The space H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) is the closure of Cc∞(Ω)C_c^\infty(\Omega)Cc∞​(Ω) in H1(Ω)H^1(\Omega)H1(Ω).

The coefficients are functions aija_{ij}aij​, 1≤i,j≤n1 \le i, j \le n1≤i,j≤n, which are bounded (aij∈L∞(Ω)a_{ij} \in L^\infty(\Omega)aij​∈L∞(Ω)), symmetric (aij=ajia_{ij} = a_{ji}aij​=aji​) and uniformly elliptic: for some θ>0\theta > 0θ>0,

∑i,j=1naij(x)ξiξj≥θ∣ξ∣2for a.e. x∈Ω and all ξ∈Rn.\sum_{i,j=1}^n a_{ij}(x)\xi_i\xi_j \ge \theta|\xi|^2 \quad\text{for a.e. } x \in \Omega \text{ and all } \xi \in \mathbb{R}^n.i,j=1∑n​aij​(x)ξi​ξj​≥θ∣ξ∣2for a.e. x∈Ω and all ξ∈Rn.

Given f∈L2(Ω)f \in L^2(\Omega)f∈L2(Ω), a function u∈H1(Ω)u \in H^1(\Omega)u∈H1(Ω) is a weak solution of Lu=fLu = fLu=f if

a(u,v):=∑i,j=1n∫Ωaij ∂iu ∂jv dx=∫Ωfv dxfor all v∈H01(Ω).a(u, v) := \sum_{i,j=1}^n \int_\Omega a_{ij}\,\partial_i u\,\partial_j v\,dx = \int_\Omega f v\,dx \quad \text{for all } v \in H^1_0(\Omega).a(u,v):=i,j=1∑n​∫Ω​aij​∂i​u∂j​vdx=∫Ω​fvdxfor all v∈H01​(Ω).

No boundary condition is imposed on uuu.

For h≠0h \ne 0h=0 the iiith difference quotient of u:Rn→Ru : \mathbb{R}^n \to \mathbb{R}u:Rn→R is Dihu(x)=(u(x+hei)−u(x))/hD_i^h u(x) = (u(x + he_i) - u(x))/hDih​u(x)=(u(x+hei​)−u(x))/h, and Dhu=(D1hu,…,Dnhu)D^h u = (D_1^h u, \dots, D_n^h u)Dhu=(D1h​u,…,Dnh​u) with pointwise length ∣Dhu∣=(∑i(Dihu)2)1/2|D^h u| = (\sum_i (D_i^h u)^2)^{1/2}∣Dhu∣=(∑i​(Dih​u)2)1/2.

Formalization targets

Goal: interior H2H^2H2 regularity (Theorem 4.27)

If moreover aij∈C1(Ω)a_{ij} \in C^1(\Omega)aij​∈C1(Ω), then for every Ω′⋐Ω\Omega' \Subset \OmegaΩ′⋐Ω there is a constant CCC, depending only on nnn, Ω′\Omega'Ω′, Ω\OmegaΩ and the coefficients, such that every weak solution uuu of Lu=fLu = fLu=f with f∈L2(Ω)f \in L^2(\Omega)f∈L2(Ω) satisfies u∈H2(Ω′)u \in H^2(\Omega')u∈H2(Ω′) and

∥u∥H2(Ω′)≤C(∥f∥L2(Ω)+∥u∥L2(Ω)).\|u\|_{H^2(\Omega')} \le C\big(\|f\|_{L^2(\Omega)} + \|u\|_{L^2(\Omega)}\big).∥u∥H2(Ω′)​≤C(∥f∥L2(Ω)​+∥u∥L2(Ω)​).

Milestones: difference quotients (Appendix 4.C)

  • Proposition 4.52 (1): if uuu and its weak derivative ∂iu\partial_i u∂i​u are locally integrable on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, then ∂iDjhu=Djh∂iu\partial_i D_j^h u = D_j^h\partial_i u∂i​Djh​u=Djh​∂i​u.
  • Proposition 4.52 (2): for u∈Lp(Rn)u \in L^p(\mathbb{R}^n)u∈Lp(Rn), v∈Lp′(Rn)v \in L^{p'}(\mathbb{R}^n)v∈Lp′(Rn), 1≤p≤∞1 \le p \le \infty1≤p≤∞, ∫(Dihu) v dx=−∫u (Di−hv) dx\int (D_i^h u)\,v\,dx = -\int u\,(D_i^{-h}v)\,dx∫(Dih​u)vdx=−∫u(Di−h​v)dx.
  • Theorem 4.53 (1): with d=dist⁡(Ω′,∂Ω)d = \operatorname{dist}(\Omega', \partial\Omega)d=dist(Ω′,∂Ω), 1≤p<∞1 \le p < \infty1≤p<∞ and 0<∣h∣<d0 < |h| < d0<∣h∣<d, ∥Dihu∥Lp(Ω′)≤∥∂iu∥Lp(Ω)\|D_i^h u\|_{L^p(\Omega')} \le \|\partial_i u\|_{L^p(\Omega)}∥Dih​u∥Lp(Ω′)​≤∥∂i​u∥Lp(Ω)​ for each iii.
  • Theorem 4.53 (2): if u∈Lp(Ω)u \in L^p(\Omega)u∈Lp(Ω), 1<p<∞1 < p < \infty1<p<∞, and ∥Dhu∥Lp(Ω′)≤C\|D^h u\|_{L^p(\Omega')} \le C∥Dhu∥Lp(Ω′)​≤C for all 0<∣h∣<d/20 < |h| < d/20<∣h∣<d/2, then u∈W1,p(Ω′)u \in W^{1,p}(\Omega')u∈W1,p(Ω′) and ∥Du∥Lp(Ω′)≤C\|Du\|_{L^p(\Omega')} \le C∥Du∥Lp(Ω′)​≤C.

Stronger targets

  • Theorem 4.28: if aij∈Ck+1(Ω)a_{ij} \in C^{k+1}(\Omega)aij​∈Ck+1(Ω) and f∈Hk(Ω)f \in H^k(\Omega)f∈Hk(Ω), then u∈Hk+2(Ω′)u \in H^{k+2}(\Omega')u∈Hk+2(Ω′) with ∥u∥Hk+2(Ω′)≤C(∥f∥Hk(Ω)+∥u∥L2(Ω))\|u\|_{H^{k+2}(\Omega')} \le C(\|f\|_{H^k(\Omega)} + \|u\|_{L^2(\Omega)})∥u∥Hk+2(Ω′)​≤C(∥f∥Hk(Ω)​+∥u∥L2(Ω)​), CCC depending only on n,k,Ω′,Ωn, k, \Omega', \Omegan,k,Ω′,Ω and the coefficients.
  • Corollary 4.29: if aij,f∈C∞(Ω)a_{ij}, f \in C^\infty(\Omega)aij​,f∈C∞(Ω), then uuu agrees a.e. in Ω\OmegaΩ with a C∞(Ω)C^\infty(\Omega)C∞(Ω) function.

Significance

The goal theorem shows that weak solutions of divergence-form equations with C1C^1C1 coefficients are strong solutions: their second weak derivatives are square integrable on compact subsets, so the equation Lu=fLu = fLu=f holds pointwise almost everywhere. The iterated version (Theorem 4.28) and its corollary turn the existence theory for weak solutions into existence of smooth solutions whenever the coefficients and data are smooth; in combination with Sobolev embedding this is how one proves that eigenfunctions of the Dirichlet Laplacian on an open set are smooth in its interior.

All of these results are classical and fully proved in the literature. To the best of the platform's records, none is formalized: Mathlib has Lebesgue spaces, Fréchet derivatives and Hilbert-space tools, but neither weak derivatives nor Sobolev spaces on open sets, and there is no elliptic regularity result in any proof assistant known to the maintainers. A complete development would therefore also deliver reusable infrastructure: weak derivatives, Wk,p(Ω)W^{k,p}(\Omega)Wk,p(Ω) and its norm, difference quotients and their calculus, and cut-off functions subordinate to Ω′⋐Ω\Omega' \Subset \OmegaΩ′⋐Ω.

Difficulty

The formal computation behind the estimate — testing the equation against −∂k(η2∂ku)-\partial_k(\eta^2\partial_k u)−∂k​(η2∂k​u) for a cut-off η\etaη and using ellipticity — is illegitimate for a weak solution, because the test function involves second derivatives of uuu that are not yet known to exist. Replacing derivatives by difference quotients makes every step meaningful but requires a separate theory: commuting difference quotients with weak derivatives, a discrete product rule and integration by parts, and a compactness argument in LpL^pLp (reflexivity) that turns an hhh-uniform bound into a weak derivative. The error terms involve difference quotients of the coefficients, which is where aij∈C1a_{ij} \in C^1aij​∈C1 enters, and the final estimate has to be closed with a Cauchy inequality and a second localization to replace ∥u∥H1\|u\|_{H^1}∥u∥H1​ by ∥u∥L2\|u\|_{L^2}∥u∥L2​.

Formalization scope

Space is Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with Lebesgue measure volume; coordinates are 0-based (i : Fin n), so the book's e1,…,ene_1, \dots, e_ne1​,…,en​ are EuclideanSpace.single 0 1, …. Functions are real-valued on all of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn and only their values on the relevant open set matter. Weak derivatives (HasWeakDeriv, weakDeriv), Wk,p(Ω)W^{k,p}(\Omega)Wk,p(Ω) (MemW), its norm (sobolevNorm, valued in ℝ≥0∞) and W0k,p(Ω)W^{k,p}_0(\Omega)W0k,p​(Ω) (MemW0) are defined in the mission; weakDeriv is a chosen representative and is only used under hypotheses guaranteeing existence. Exponents are p : ℝ≥0∞; conjugate exponents use ENNReal.HolderConjugate. Ck(Ω)C^k(\Omega)Ck(Ω) and C∞(Ω)C^\infty(\Omega)C∞(Ω) are ContDiffOn ℝ k and ContDiffOn ℝ ∞ on Ω\OmegaΩ (smooth, not analytic); "u∈C∞(Ω)u \in C^\infty(\Omega)u∈C∞(Ω)" for a Sobolev function means a.e. equality on Ω\OmegaΩ with such a function.

Conventions committed to:

  • The standing assumptions of §4.6 on the operator — aij∈L∞(Ω)a_{ij} \in L^\infty(\Omega)aij​∈L∞(Ω), aij=ajia_{ij} = a_{ji}aij​=aji​, uniform ellipticity — are explicit hypotheses of Theorems 4.27–4.29, and f∈L2(Ω)f \in L^2(\Omega)f∈L2(Ω) (the setting (4.34)) is a hypothesis of Corollary 4.29.
  • Theorem 4.27 assumes aij∈C1(Ω)a_{ij} \in C^1(\Omega)aij​∈C1(Ω) as printed, not C1(Ω‾)C^1(\overline{\Omega})C1(Ω).
  • Constants: ∃ C : ℝ is quantified after Ω\OmegaΩ, the coefficients, the ellipticity constant and Ω′\Omega'Ω′ (and kkk), and before fff and uuu.
  • dist⁡(Ω′,∂Ω)\operatorname{dist}(\Omega', \partial\Omega)dist(Ω′,∂Ω) in Theorem 4.53 is modelled by any d>0d > 0d>0 with B(x,d)⊆ΩB(x, d) \subseteq \OmegaB(x,d)⊆Ω for all x∈Ω′x \in \Omega'x∈Ω′; the largest such ddd is the book's distance (and +∞+\infty+∞ when Ω=Rn\Omega = \mathbb{R}^nΩ=Rn), so this is the book's condition and avoids Lean's convention that the distance to the empty set is 000.
  • Two corrections of the printed statements: Proposition 4.52 (2) is stated with Di−hvD_i^{-h}vDi−h​v on the right, as the book's proof derives; Theorem 4.53 (1) is stated componentwise, ∥Dihu∥Lp(Ω′)≤∥∂iu∥Lp(Ω)\|D_i^h u\|_{L^p(\Omega')} \le \|\partial_i u\|_{L^p(\Omega)}∥Dih​u∥Lp(Ω′)​≤∥∂i​u∥Lp(Ω)​, which is what its proof establishes and what the proof of Theorem 4.27 uses (the printed vector form with Euclidean lengths fails for large ppp, e.g. for u=max⁡(x1,x2)u = \max(x_1, x_2)u=max(x1​,x2​)).

The theorems are not trivialized by junk values: the difference quotient is only used at h≠0h \ne 0h=0, the weak formulation's Bochner integrals are integrable under the stated L∞L^\inftyL∞ and L2L^2L2 hypotheses, and the conclusion u∈H2(Ω′)u \in H^2(\Omega')u∈H2(Ω′) asserts existence of all weak derivatives of order at most two, not merely a bound on a norm that could be computed from junk representatives.

Contributions welcome: a library of weak derivatives and Sobolev spaces on open subsets of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn compatible with these definitions, cut-off functions for Ω′⋐Ω\Omega' \Subset \OmegaΩ′⋐Ω (Mathlib's ContDiffBump and exists_smooth_tsupport_subset are natural starting points), and Banach–Alaoglu for LpL^pLp, 1<p<∞1 < p < \infty1<p<∞.

Selected references

  • J. K. Hunter, Notes on Partial Differential Equations, UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, §4.11 and Appendix 4.C. https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/pdes/pde_notes.pdf
  • L. C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, 2nd ed., Graduate Studies in Mathematics 19, American Mathematical Society, 2010, §5.8.2 and §6.3. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/019
  • D. Gilbarg and N. S. Trudinger, Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order, Classics in Mathematics, Springer, 2001, §7.11 and §8.3. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61798-0
  • L. Nirenberg, Remarks on strongly elliptic partial differential equations, Communications on Pure and Applied Mathematics 8 (1955), 649–675. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.3160080414
12 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

Analytic toroidal 3D MHD equilibria with nested flux surfaces (Landreman 2026)Research Paper

Motivation

A magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) equilibrium is a magnetic field BBB and a scalar pressure ppp on a region of R3\mathbb R^3R3 satisfying

(∇×B)×B=∇p,∇⋅B=0.(\nabla\times B)\times B=\nabla p,\qquad \nabla\cdot B=0 .(∇×B)×B=∇p,∇⋅B=0.

Under the substitution B↦uB\mapsto uB↦u these are exactly the equations of a steady incompressible Euler flow, with ppp replaced by the Bernoulli function, so every statement in this mission is simultaneously a statement about stationary solutions of the 3D Euler equations. Magnetic confinement of a fusion plasma requires equilibria whose pressure surfaces are nested tori, because B⋅∇p=0B\cdot\nabla p=0B⋅∇p=0 forces ppp to be constant on the surfaces swept out by field lines.

Whether such equilibria exist without a continuous symmetry has been open since Grad, who conjectured in 1967 that smooth toroidal equilibria with non-constant pressure do not exist unless the configuration is symmetric (for instance axisymmetric), and restated the claim in 1985 as the assertion that, apart from the symmetric exceptions, there are no families of solutions depending smoothly on a parameter. Modern formulations of the conjecture appear in the work of Constantin–Drivas–Ginsberg (2021), Enciso–Luque–Peralta-Salas (2025) and Cardona–Duignan–Perrella (2025, Conjecture 2.5). Partial results have always relaxed something: Lortz (1970) obtained non-symmetric toroidal equilibria only with mirror symmetry and vanishing rotational transform; Bruno–Laurence (1996) and Enciso–Luque–Peralta-Salas (2025) allow discontinuous pressure and current sheets; Weitzner–Sengupta (2020) work in a topological torus rather than true toroidal geometry; near-axis and high-aspect-ratio expansions (Mercier 1964, Garren–Boozer 1991) give only approximate solutions.

Landreman (2026) exhibits explicit, fully non-axisymmetric, smooth analytic solutions on a genuine solid torus, with exact nested flux surfaces, finite aspect ratio and non-zero rotational transform. This mission formalizes the first of the two families presented there — the family with uniform rotational transform ι=2\iota=2ι=2 — in Lean 4.

Setting

Fix a parameter 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1 and set a=1+ϵa=\sqrt{1+\epsilon}a=1+ϵ​, b=1−ϵb=\sqrt{1-\epsilon}b=1−ϵ​. For a Cartesian point x=(x0,x1,x2)x=(x_0,x_1,x_2)x=(x0​,x1​,x2​) (written (x,y,z)(x,y,z)(x,y,z) in the paper) define

s=x02a2+x12b2,F=1−(1−s)2−4x22,s=\frac{x_0^2}{a^2}+\frac{x_1^2}{b^2},\qquad F=\sqrt{1-(1-s)^2-4x_2^2},s=a2x02​​+b2x12​​,F=1−(1−s)2−4x22​​,

and the vector field

B=(2x2x0−(a/b)Fx1s, 2x2x1+(b/a)Fx0s, 1−s).B=\left(\frac{2x_2x_0-(a/b)Fx_1}{s},\ \frac{2x_2x_1+(b/a)Fx_0}{s},\ 1-s\right).B=(s2x2​x0​−(a/b)Fx1​​, s2x2​x1​+(b/a)Fx0​​, 1−s).

The natural domain is the open set Uϵ={x:1−(1−s)2−4x22>0}U_\epsilon=\{x: 1-(1-s)^2-4x_2^2>0\}Uϵ​={x:1−(1−s)2−4x22​>0}, on which s>0s>0s>0 and all the expressions above are smooth. With

Q=x02+x12+4x222,H=Q+∣B∣22,Q=\frac{x_0^2+x_1^2+4x_2^2}{2},\qquad H=Q+\frac{|B|^2}{2},Q=2x02​+x12​+4x22​​,H=Q+2∣B∣2​,

the flux label and the pressure are

ψ=H−1+ϵ2/22,p=pa−2ψ,\psi=\frac{H-1+\epsilon^2/2}{2},\qquad p=p_a-2\psi ,ψ=2H−1+ϵ2/2​,p=pa​−2ψ,

where pap_apa​ is an arbitrary constant. The level sets of ψ\psiψ are the pressure surfaces. For 0<δ<(1−ϵ)2/40<\delta<(1-\epsilon)^2/40<δ<(1−ϵ)2/4 the region Ωδ={x∈Uϵ:ψ≤δ}\Omega_\delta=\{x\in U_\epsilon:\psi\le\delta\}Ωδ​={x∈Uϵ​:ψ≤δ} is a solid torus bounded by a ψ\psiψ-surface, and this is the plasma domain.

Field lines are described by a second coordinate system. For labels (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) with u2+v2<1/4u^2+v^2<1/4u2+v2<1/4, putting q2=u2+v2q^2=u^2+v^2q2=u2+v2 and L=((1+1−4q2)/2)1/2L=\big((1+\sqrt{1-4q^2})/2\big)^{1/2}L=((1+1−4q2​)/2)1/2, the position map is

r(u,v,ζ)=(a[Lcos⁡ζ+ucos⁡ζ+vsin⁡ζL], b[Lsin⁡ζ+vcos⁡ζ−usin⁡ζL], vcos⁡2ζ−usin⁡2ζ).r(u,v,\zeta)=\Big(a\big[L\cos\zeta+\tfrac{u\cos\zeta+v\sin\zeta}{L}\big],\ b\big[L\sin\zeta+\tfrac{v\cos\zeta-u\sin\zeta}{L}\big],\ v\cos2\zeta-u\sin2\zeta\Big).r(u,v,ζ)=(a[Lcosζ+Lucosζ+vsinζ​], b[Lsinζ+Lvcosζ−usinζ​], vcos2ζ−usin2ζ).

The curve ζ↦r(u,v,ζ)\zeta\mapsto r(u,v,\zeta)ζ↦r(u,v,ζ) is an integral curve of BBB, the pair (u,v)(u,v)(u,v) labels the field line, and ζ\zetaζ acts as a toroidal angle of period 2π2\pi2π. The magnetic axis is the field line u=−ϵ/2u=-\epsilon/2u=−ϵ/2, v=0v=0v=0, on which ψ=0\psi=0ψ=0; it is the non-planar closed curve γ(ζ)=(1−ϵ2cos⁡ζ, 1−ϵ2sin⁡ζ, ϵ2sin⁡2ζ)\gamma(\zeta)=(\sqrt{1-\epsilon^2}\cos\zeta,\ \sqrt{1-\epsilon^2}\sin\zeta,\ \tfrac{\epsilon}{2}\sin 2\zeta)γ(ζ)=(1−ϵ2​cosζ, 1−ϵ2​sinζ, 2ϵ​sin2ζ).

Target

The goal theorem asserts that for every 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, every 0<δ<(1−ϵ)2/40<\delta<(1-\epsilon)^2/40<δ<(1−ϵ)2/4 and every constant pap_apa​, the pair (B,p)(B,p)(B,p) above is a smooth equilibrium on UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​ that is genuinely three-dimensional:

∇⋅B=0,(∇×B)×B=∇p,B⋅∇p=0on Uϵ,\nabla\cdot B=0,\qquad (\nabla\times B)\times B=\nabla p,\qquad B\cdot\nabla p=0 \quad\text{on } U_\epsilon,∇⋅B=0,(∇×B)×B=∇p,B⋅∇p=0on Uϵ​, ∇p(x)=0  ⟺  ψ(x)=0for x∈Ωδ,\nabla p(x)=0 \iff \psi(x)=0 \quad\text{for } x\in\Omega_\delta ,∇p(x)=0⟺ψ(x)=0for x∈Ωδ​,

together with smoothness of BBB and ppp on UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​ and the failure of axisymmetry: there is a rotation about the zzz axis and a point of Ωδ\Omega_\deltaΩδ​ whose image lies in Ωδ\Omega_\deltaΩδ​ and carries a different pressure.

The milestones are the individual equations of Section 2 of the paper: divergence-freedom, the tension identity (B⋅∇)B=−∇Q(B\cdot\nabla)B=-\nabla Q(B⋅∇)B=−∇Q, force balance, invariance of ψ\psiψ along BBB, the field-line position map and its Jacobian −ab-ab−ab, the expressions H=1+2ϵu+2(u2+v2)H=1+2\epsilon u+2(u^2+v^2)H=1+2ϵu+2(u2+v2) and ψ=(u+ϵ/2)2+v2\psi=(u+\epsilon/2)^2+v^2ψ=(u+ϵ/2)2+v2 in field-line labels, the magnetic axis, the enclosed volume V=2π2ab ψV=2\pi^2ab\,\psiV=2π2abψ, the uniform rotational transform ι=2\iota=2ι=2, and the averages 12π∫02π∣B∣2 dζ=1−ϵ2/2+2ψ\frac{1}{2\pi}\int_0^{2\pi}|B|^2\,d\zeta=1-\epsilon^2/2+2\psi2π1​∫02π​∣B∣2dζ=1−ϵ2/2+2ψ and ⟨∣B∣2⟩V=1−ϵ2/2+δ\langle|B|^2\rangle_V=1-\epsilon^2/2+\delta⟨∣B∣2⟩V​=1−ϵ2/2+δ.

Significance

The solutions contradict the strict formulation of Grad's conjecture used in the recent literature (for example Conjecture 2.5 of Cardona–Duignan–Perrella), since they are smooth, have non-constant pressure, exact nested toroidal flux surfaces, no continuous Euclidean symmetry, finite aspect ratio and non-zero rotational transform, and they form continuous families parameterized by ϵ\epsilonϵ and δ\deltaδ. Because MHD equilibrium is isomorphic to steady Euler flow, the same objects are explicit non-symmetric stationary Euler flows with invariant tori. They also serve as exact benchmarks for numerical equilibrium codes, where analytic three-dimensional solutions with known flux surfaces are otherwise unavailable.

The paper's derivations are elementary but long: they are algebraic identities among square roots and rational functions, verified in the paper by hand and by supporting numerical scripts. A machine-checked development removes the remaining doubt about sign conventions and domains, which is precisely what a counterexample to a conjecture requires. Nothing in this development is currently formalized in Mathlib: there is no curl, no divergence, and no notion of MHD equilibrium, so the mission also produces a small reusable vector-calculus layer on R3\mathbb R^3R3.

Difficulty

Force balance is an identity between derivatives of expressions containing 1−(1−s)2−4z2\sqrt{1-(1-s)^2-4z^2}1−(1−s)2−4z2​ and division by sss; differentiating it directly produces large expressions whose simplification needs the domain hypotheses (s>0s>0s>0 and positive radicand) at every step, so field_simp-style automation must be driven with those side conditions in hand. The statements about field-line coordinates require knowing that the position map is a diffeomorphism onto its image, which the paper establishes by a covering argument rather than by computation. The transform ι=2\iota=2ι=2 is the hardest milestone: it is a winding-number statement about the poloidal displacement of a field line relative to the magnetic axis, and the paper's proof is a continuity-in-ϵ\epsilonϵ argument, which in Lean needs an honest treatment of continuous angle lifts. The volume and average identities need the change of variables theorem with the constant Jacobian −ab-ab−ab over a solid torus.

Formalization scope

Points of space are Fin 3 → ℝ; partial derivatives are fderiv applied to the standard basis vector, and gradient, divergence, curl, cross product, the directional derivative B⋅∇fB\cdot\nabla fB⋅∇f and the tension (B⋅∇)B(B\cdot\nabla)B(B⋅∇)B are defined from it in the first definition file. Squared length is ∑iui2\sum_i u_i^2∑i​ui2​, so the Pi-type norm is never used. All the paper's objects — aaa, bbb, sss, FFF, BBB, UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​, QQQ, HHH, ψ\psiψ, ppp, Ωδ\Omega_\deltaΩδ​, LLL, r(u,v,ζ)r(u,v,\zeta)r(u,v,ζ), γ\gammaγ, rotation about the zzz axis, and the complex poloidal displacement used for the transform — are given in the second definition file, in the same notation as this description. Smoothness is ContDiffOn ℝ ⊤; volumes are the Lebesgue measure on Fin 3 → ℝ; integrals are Bochner integrals.

Everything is stated with the explicit field of Section 2 rather than an abstract existence claim, so no statement can be satisfied by a degenerate or symmetric configuration. The equilibrium conditions are asserted pointwise on UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​, which is open and non-empty for 0<ϵ<10<\epsilon<10<ϵ<1, so no milestone is vacuous. Contributions of the auxiliary calculus lemmas (differentiability of sss, FFF and BBB on UϵU_\epsilonUϵ​, and the product and quotient rules in this partialD formulation) are welcome and reusable by the companion family of Section 3, which is not part of this mission.

Selected references

  • M. Landreman, Analytic toroidal 3D MHD equilibria and steady Euler flows with invariant surfaces, J. Plasma Phys. (submitted), arXiv:2609.26742 (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2609.26742
  • H. Grad, Toroidal containment of a plasma, Phys. Fluids 10 (1967) 137–154. https://doi.org/10.1063/1.1761965
  • R. Cardona, N. Duignan, D. Perrella, Asymmetry of MHD equilibria for generic adapted metrics, Arch. Ration. Mech. Anal. 249 (2025) 1. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00205-024-02072-x
  • A. Enciso, A. Luque, D. Peralta-Salas, MHD equilibria with nonconstant pressure in nondegenerate toroidal domains, J. Eur. Math. Soc. 27 (2025) 2251–2291. https://doi.org/10.4171/JEMS/1328
  • P. Constantin, T. D. Drivas, D. Ginsberg, Flexibility and rigidity in steady fluid motion, Comm. Math. Phys. 385 (2021) 521–563. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00220-021-04048-4
  • O. P. Bruno, P. Laurence, Existence of three-dimensional toroidal MHD equilibria with nonconstant pressure, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 49 (1996) 717–764. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1097-0312(199607)49:7<717::AID-CPA3>3.0.CO;2-C
19 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Functional AnalysisSymplectic Geometry·Captain: Mazecto

Fredholm Theory and the Index Formula for Cauchy–Riemann Operators on the CylinderTextbook

Motivation

Linear Cauchy–Riemann operators are the linearizations of the nonlinear Cauchy–Riemann equation for pseudoholomorphic curves. On the cylinder R×S1\mathbb{R}\times S^1R×S1 with the trivial bundle they take the form

DS=∂s+J0 ∂t+S(s,t):W1,p(R×S1,R2n)→Lp(R×S1,R2n),D_S=\partial_s+J_0\,\partial_t+S(s,t):W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}\times S^1,\mathbb{R}^{2n})\to L^p(\mathbb{R}\times S^1,\mathbb{R}^{2n}),DS​=∂s​+J0​∂t​+S(s,t):W1,p(R×S1,R2n)→Lp(R×S1,R2n),

where S(s,⋅)S(s,\cdot)S(s,⋅) converges to loops S±S^\pmS± of symmetric matrices as s→±∞s\to\pm\inftys→±∞. These are the operators of Floer homology, of symplectic field theory and of contact homology. The dimension of their moduli spaces is the Fredholm index of DSD_SDS​, and the Riemann–Roch formula with punctures computes it from the Conley–Zehnder indices of the asymptotic operators A±=−J0∂t−S±(t)A^\pm=-J_0\partial_t-S^\pm(t)A±=−J0​∂t​−S±(t):

ind⁡DS=μCZ(A+)−μCZ(A−).\operatorname{ind}D_S=\mu_{CZ}(A^+)-\mu_{CZ}(A^-).indDS​=μCZ​(A+)−μCZ​(A−).

This mission formalizes this formula, together with the Fredholm property of DSD_SDS​, following C. Wendl, Lectures on Symplectic Field Theory, Lectures 3–5, in the case of the cylinder (the sphere with one positive and one negative puncture). Mathlib has the notion of a Fredholm operator but no Sobolev spaces on cylinders, no Cauchy–Riemann operators and no Conley–Zehnder index.

Setting

  • Cylinder. S1=R/ZS^1=\mathbb{R}/\mathbb{Z}S1=R/Z. Maps on R×S1\mathbb{R}\times S^1R×S1 are maps u(s,t)u(s,t)u(s,t) on R2\mathbb{R}^2R2 with u(s,t+1)=u(s,t)u(s,t+1)=u(s,t)u(s,t+1)=u(s,t), and Lp(R×S1)L^p(\mathbb{R}\times S^1)Lp(R×S1) is LpL^pLp of the strip R×[0,1)\mathbb{R}\times[0,1)R×[0,1) with Lebesgue measure. R2n=Cn\mathbb{R}^{2n}=\mathbb{C}^nR2n=Cn with J0=(0−110)J_0=\begin{pmatrix}0&-1\\1&0\end{pmatrix}J0​=(01​−10​), multiplication by iii.
  • Sobolev space. W1,p(R×S1,R2n)W^{1,p}(\mathbb{R}\times S^1,\mathbb{R}^{2n})W1,p(R×S1,R2n) is the closure of the smooth maps that vanish for large ∣s∣|s|∣s∣ under the norm ∥u∥p+∥∂su∥p+∥∂tu∥p\|u\|_p+\|\partial_su\|_p+\|\partial_tu\|_p∥u∥p​+∥∂s​u∥p​+∥∂t​u∥p​.
  • Asymptotic operators. For a loop S∞S_\inftyS∞​ of symmetric matrices, A=−J0∂t−S∞(t)A=-J_0\partial_t-S_\infty(t)A=−J0​∂t​−S∞​(t). Its fundamental solution Ψ\PsiΨ solves Ψ′=J0S∞Ψ\Psi'=J_0S_\infty\PsiΨ′=J0​S∞​Ψ, Ψ(0)=Id\Psi(0)=\mathrm{Id}Ψ(0)=Id. AAA is nondegenerate if 111 is not an eigenvalue of Ψ(1)\Psi(1)Ψ(1), and μCZ(A)\mu_{CZ}(A)μCZ​(A) is the Conley–Zehnder index of the symplectic path Ψ∣[0,1]\Psi|_{[0,1]}Ψ∣[0,1]​.
  • Cauchy–Riemann operators. S:R×S1→R2n×2nS:\mathbb{R}\times S^1\to\mathbb{R}^{2n\times2n}S:R×S1→R2n×2n is continuous and S(s,⋅)→S±S(s,\cdot)\to S^\pmS(s,⋅)→S± uniformly as s→±∞s\to\pm\inftys→±∞. DSD_SDS​ acts on W1,pW^{1,p}W1,p; its index is dim⁡ker⁡DS−dim⁡coker⁡DS\dim\ker D_S-\dim\operatorname{coker}D_SdimkerDS​−dimcokerDS​.

Formalization targets

Goal: the index formula on the cylinder

If 1<p<∞1<p<\infty1<p<∞ and the asymptotic operators A±A^\pmA± are nondegenerate, then DS:W1,p→LpD_S:W^{1,p}\to L^pDS​:W1,p→Lp is Fredholm and ind⁡DS=μCZ(A+)−μCZ(A−)\operatorname{ind}D_S=\mu_{CZ}(A^+)-\mu_{CZ}(A^-)indDS​=μCZ​(A+)−μCZ​(A−) (Wendl, Theorem 5.4 with Theorem 4.3, for the cylinder).

Milestones

  1. Translation-invariant operators. For a nondegenerate loop S∞S_\inftyS∞​, ∂s+J0∂t+S∞(t):W1,p→Lp\partial_s+J_0\partial_t+S_\infty(t):W^{1,p}\to L^p∂s​+J0​∂t​+S∞​(t):W1,p→Lp is an isomorphism (Theorem 4.11).
  2. Global regularity. An LpL^pLp weak solution of DSη=f∈LpD_S\eta=f\in L^pDS​η=f∈Lp lies in W1,pW^{1,p}W1,p (Proposition 4.6).
  3. Local estimate. ∥η∥W1,p≤c∥DSη∥p+c∥η∥p\|\eta\|_{W^{1,p}}\le c\|D_S\eta\|_p+c\|\eta\|_p∥η∥W1,p​≤c∥DS​η∥p​+c∥η∥p​ for η\etaη supported in [−R,R]×S1[-R,R]\times S^1[−R,R]×S1 (Proposition 4.8).
  4. Estimate on the ends. ∥η∥W1,p≤c∥DSη∥p\|\eta\|_{W^{1,p}}\le c\|D_S\eta\|_p∥η∥W1,p​≤c∥DS​η∥p​ for η\etaη supported far out in an end with nondegenerate asymptotic operator (Proposition 4.9).
  5. An abstract estimate. If ∥x∥≤c∥Tx∥+c∥Kx∥\|x\|\le c\|Tx\|+c\|Kx\|∥x∥≤c∥Tx∥+c∥Kx∥ with KKK compact, then ker⁡T\ker TkerT is finite-dimensional and TTT has closed range (Lemma 4.12).
  6. Global estimate. ∥η∥W1,p≤c∥DSη∥p+c∥η∥Lp([−R,R]×S1)\|\eta\|_{W^{1,p}}\le c\|D_S\eta\|_p+c\|\eta\|_{L^p([-R,R]\times S^1)}∥η∥W1,p​≤c∥DS​η∥p​+c∥η∥Lp([−R,R]×S1)​ (Lemma 4.13).
  7. Compactness on finite cylinders. Bounded sequences in W1,pW^{1,p}W1,p have subsequences converging in Lp([−R,R]×S1)L^p([-R,R]\times S^1)Lp([−R,R]×S1) (Wendl, p. 74).
  8. Semi-Fredholm property of DSD_SDS​ (Corollary 4.14).
  9. Cokernel and formal adjoint. dim⁡coker⁡DS\dim\operatorname{coker}D_SdimcokerDS​ is finite and equals the kernel dimension of the Cauchy–Riemann operator DSˉD_{\bar S}DSˉ​ on W1,qW^{1,q}W1,q, Sˉ=−CSTC\bar S=-CS^{\mathsf T}CSˉ=−CSTC, 1/p+1/q=11/p+1/q=11/p+1/q=1, with CCC complex conjugation (Lemma 4.17, Proposition 4.18, Theorem 4.20).
  10. Fredholm property of DSD_SDS​ (Theorem 4.3).
  11. Independence of ppp of the kernel dimension and of the index (Theorem 4.3).
  12. Classification of nondegenerate asymptotic operators. Two nondegenerate loops have the same Conley–Zehnder index if and only if they are joined by a path of nondegenerate loops (Theorem 3.34).
  13. Conjugation. μCZ(−J0∂t+CS∞C)=−μCZ(−J0∂t−S∞)\mu_{CZ}(-J_0\partial_t+CS_\infty C)=-\mu_{CZ}(-J_0\partial_t-S_\infty)μCZ​(−J0​∂t​+CS∞​C)=−μCZ​(−J0​∂t​−S∞​) (Lemma 5.8).
  14. Model operators. η↦−J0η˙−πkη−σe2πiktηˉ\eta\mapsto-J_0\dot\eta-\pi k\eta-\sigma e^{2\pi ikt}\bar\etaη↦−J0​η˙​−πkη−σe2πiktηˉ​ on loops in C\mathbb{C}C is nondegenerate with Conley–Zehnder index kkk, for k∈Zk\in\mathbb{Z}k∈Z and σ>0\sigma>0σ>0 (Lemma 5.29).
  15. A plane equation without L2L^2L2 solutions. ∂ˉf+zˉfˉ=0\bar\partial f+\bar z\bar f=0∂ˉf+zˉfˉ​=0 has no nonzero smooth solution in L2(C)L^2(\mathbb{C})L2(C) (Proposition 5.20).
  16. A plane equation with Gaussian solutions. The smooth L2L^2L2 solutions of ∂ˉf+zfˉ=0\bar\partial f+z\bar f=0∂ˉf+zfˉ​=0 are the real multiples of e−∣z∣2/2e^{-|z|^2/2}e−∣z∣2/2 (Proposition 5.21).
  17. Large antilinear perturbations. For a function β\betaβ on the cylinder with normalized zeros, DS+σβ ⋅ ˉD_S+\sigma\beta\bar{\ \cdot\ }DS​+σβ ⋅ ˉ is onto with kernel of dimension #Z+\#Z^+#Z+ when all zeros are positive, and injective with cokernel of dimension #Z−\#Z^-#Z− when all zeros are negative, for all large σ\sigmaσ (Proposition 5.27).
  18. Antilinear deformations of asymptotic operators. If each asymptotic operator has the Conley–Zehnder index of an operator −J0∂t−S′±-J_0\partial_t-S'^\pm−J0​∂t​−S′± whose deformations −J0∂t−S′±−σβ± ⋅ ˉ-J_0\partial_t-S'^\pm-\sigma\beta_\pm\bar{\ \cdot\ }−J0​∂t​−S′±−σβ±​ ⋅ ˉ, σ≥0\sigma\ge0σ≥0, are all nondegenerate, then ind⁡DS=wind⁡β+−wind⁡β−\operatorname{ind}D_S=\operatorname{wind}\beta_+-\operatorname{wind}\beta_-indDS​=windβ+​−windβ−​ (Lemma 5.28).

Significance

The result. The index formula is the dimension formula for moduli spaces of pseudoholomorphic cylinders: Floer trajectories in Hamiltonian Floer homology and holomorphic cylinders in symplectizations. It fixes the grading of these theories, and its sign conventions are those of the Conley–Zehnder index of the asymptotic orbits.

Formalizing it. The mission builds Sobolev spaces on the cylinder, the Fredholm theory of Cauchy–Riemann operators with cylindrical ends, and the Conley–Zehnder index of asymptotic operators. These are the analytic foundations of Floer theory and symplectic field theory and are reusable for transversality arguments and for the indices of other operators. Milestone 5 is a general statement about Banach spaces.

Difficulty

The operators act between infinite-dimensional spaces of functions on a non-compact domain, so finiteness of kernel and cokernel is a global statement that sees the behaviour at both ends. The Sobolev space is defined as a closure, and the operator acts on its elements through their weak derivatives. The Conley–Zehnder index is defined through a continuous argument of a normalized complex determinant along a path of symplectic matrices, extended to a normal form; the conventions (sign of J0J_0J0​, orientation of the cylinder, which end is positive) all enter the final formula. Several milestones are uniform estimates in which the constant is chosen before the function.

Formalization scope

  • Namespace CauchyRiemannIndex. The definition module CauchyRiemannIndex_Setting defines the cylinder measure, W1p, crKernel, crRange, crIndex, IsFredholmCR, asymptotic operators through IsFundamentalSolution, IsNondegenerate and asymptoticCZIndex, and the Conley–Zehnder index czIndex of a symplectic path. The mission is standalone; czIndex and its auxiliary definitions repeat those of the ConleyZehnder mission word for word.
  • Spaces. R2n\mathbb{R}^{2n}R2n is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n ⊕ Fin n), matrices are Matrix (Fin n ⊕ Fin n) (Fin n ⊕ Fin n) ℝ, and J0J_0J0​ is Matrix.J. Maps on the cylinder are maps ℝ × ℝ → ℝ²ⁿ, periodic in the second variable, and LpL^pLp is taken on the strip R×[0,1)\mathbb{R}\times[0,1)R×[0,1). W1,pW^{1,p}W1,p is a closed subspace of Lp × Lp × Lp, consisting of triples (u,∂su,∂tu)(u,\partial_su,\partial_tu)(u,∂s​u,∂t​u).
  • Exponents. ppp is in ℝ≥0∞ with 1<p1<p1<p and p≠∞p\ne\inftyp=∞. Norms of smooth maps are eLpNorm in ℝ≥0∞; constants are in ℝ≥0.
  • Indices. The Fredholm index is finrank ker - finrank (Lp ⧸ range) in ℤ; statements that use it also assert that both are finite-dimensional.
  • Smoothness. Smoothness is ContDiff ℝ ∞ (C∞C^\inftyC∞, not analytic). The coefficient SSS is only assumed continuous, with uniform convergence at the ends.

Contributions welcome: general lemmas on Sobolev spaces of periodic functions, on Fredholm operators between Banach spaces, and on the Conley–Zehnder index.

Selected references

  • C. Wendl, Lectures on Symplectic Field Theory, arXiv:1612.01009, Lectures 3–5. https://arxiv.org/abs/1612.01009
  • J. Gutt, Generalized Conley–Zehnder index, Ann. Fac. Sci. Toulouse Math. (6) 23 (2014), 907–932, arXiv:1307.7239. https://arxiv.org/abs/1307.7239
  • D. Salamon, Lectures on Floer homology, in Symplectic Geometry and Topology, IAS/Park City Math. Ser. 7, AMS (1999), 143–229.
  • M. Schwarz, Cohomology operations from S¹-cobordisms in Floer homology, PhD thesis, ETH Zürich (1995).
97 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisControl TheoryDynamical Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

An Example on the Effect of Time Delays in Boundary Feedback Stabilization of Wave Equations: The Spectral Stability Trichotomy at the Feedback Gain k = (1 − K)/(1 + K), K = e^{−2a}Research Paper

Why delays in boundary feedback matter

Boundary feedback is the standard way to stabilize vibrating structures governed by wave equations: a sensor measures the velocity at the boundary and an actuator applies a force proportional to it. For the one-dimensional damped wave equation with such feedback, the closed loop is uniformly exponentially stable (Chen, 1979). In practice the measured velocity reaches the actuator only after a computation time, so the feedback acts with a time delay ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0. The question addressed by Datko, Lagnese and Polis (1986) is whether arbitrarily small delays can destroy the stability of a system that is stable without them.

Their note answers it with an explicit example and a sharp threshold on the feedback gain. It is the founding example of delay-induced instability in boundary stabilization, cited by most later work on robustness of boundary control to delays.

Timeline.

  • Chen (1979, 1981): energy decay E(u,t)≤Ce−αtE(u,0)E(u,t) \le Ce^{-\alpha t}E(u,0)E(u,t)≤Ce−αtE(u,0) for boundary-damped wave equations without delay.
  • Datko (1978): delays in the velocity term of the equation itself can destabilize; a lemma on zeros of exponential polynomials in vertical strips (the source of Lemma 1 here).
  • Datko, Lagnese, Polis (1986, DOI 10.1137/0324007): the delayed boundary feedback ux(1,t)=−kut(1,t−ε)u_x(1,t) = -ku_t(1,t-\varepsilon)ux​(1,t)=−kut​(1,t−ε) for the damped string, with a trichotomy in the gain kkk.
  • Nicaise and Pignotti (2006, DOI 10.1137/060648891): the multidimensional undamped problem with feedback −μ1ut(t)−μ2ut(t−τ)-\mu_1u_t(t) - \mu_2u_t(t-\tau)−μ1​ut​(t)−μ2​ut​(t−τ); stability iff μ2<μ1\mu_2 < \mu_1μ2​<μ1​, instability for a sequence of delays otherwise.

Setting

Fix real numbers a≥0a \ge 0a≥0 (damping), k≥0k \ge 0k≥0 (feedback gain) and ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 (delay), and put K=e−2a∈(0,1]K = e^{-2a} \in (0,1]K=e−2a∈(0,1]. The delayed system is

(1)utt−uxx+2aut+a2u=0,0<x<1, t>0,(2)u(0,t)=0,t>0,(8)ux(1,t)=−k ut(1,t−ε),t>ε.\begin{aligned} &(1)\quad u_{tt} - u_{xx} + 2au_t + a^2u = 0, && 0<x<1,\ t>0,\\ &(2)\quad u(0,t) = 0, && t>0,\\ &(8)\quad u_x(1,t) = -k\,u_t(1,t-\varepsilon), && t>\varepsilon . \end{aligned}​(1)utt​−uxx​+2aut​+a2u=0,(2)u(0,t)=0,(8)ux​(1,t)=−kut​(1,t−ε),​​0<x<1, t>0,t>0,t>ε.​

A classical solution is a C2C^2C2 function u(x,t)u(x,t)u(x,t) with complex values satisfying (1), (2), (8).

Separated solutions u=eωtφ(x)u = e^{\omega t}\varphi(x)u=eωtφ(x) lead to the eigenvalue problem

φ′′(x)=(a+ω)2φ(x) (0<x<1),φ(0)=0,φ′(1)+kωe−εωφ(1)=0.\varphi''(x) = (a+\omega)^2\varphi(x)\ (0<x<1),\qquad \varphi(0) = 0,\qquad \varphi'(1) + k\omega e^{-\varepsilon\omega}\varphi(1) = 0 .φ′′(x)=(a+ω)2φ(x) (0<x<1),φ(0)=0,φ′(1)+kωe−εωφ(1)=0.

The spectrum σ(a,k,ε)\sigma(a,k,\varepsilon)σ(a,k,ε) is the set of ω∈C\omega \in \mathbb Cω∈C for which this problem has a solution φ\varphiφ not identically zero on [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The paper encodes it through the entire functions

f(ε,ω)=1+Ke−2ω+ke−εω(1−Ke−2ω),h(ε,ω)=ωf(ε,ω)+a(1+Ke−2ω),f(\varepsilon,\omega) = 1 + Ke^{-2\omega} + ke^{-\varepsilon\omega}(1 - Ke^{-2\omega}),\qquad h(\varepsilon,\omega) = \omega f(\varepsilon,\omega) + a(1 + Ke^{-2\omega}),f(ε,ω)=1+Ke−2ω+ke−εω(1−Ke−2ω),h(ε,ω)=ωf(ε,ω)+a(1+Ke−2ω),

and the critical gain (1−K)/(1+K)(1-K)/(1+K)(1−K)/(1+K). In Lean these are K a, f a k ε ω, h a k ε ω, delaySpectrum a k ε, IsClassicalSolution a k ε u and IsExpUnstableSolution a k ε u in the namespace DatkoDelayWave.BoundaryDelay.

Formalization targets

Goal: the stability trichotomy (THEOREM, p. 153)

  1. If 0<k<1−K1+K0 < k < \frac{1-K}{1+K}0<k<1+K1−K​: for each ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 there is β(ε)>0\beta(\varepsilon) > 0β(ε)>0 with
σ(a,k,ε)⊆{Re⁡ω≤−β}.\sigma(a,k,\varepsilon) \subseteq \{\operatorname{Re}\omega \le -\beta\}.σ(a,k,ε)⊆{Reω≤−β}.
  1. If k=1−K1+K>0k = \frac{1-K}{1+K} > 0k=1+K1−K​>0: for each ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0, σ(a,k,ε)⊆{Re⁡ω<0}\sigma(a,k,\varepsilon) \subseteq \{\operatorname{Re}\omega < 0\}σ(a,k,ε)⊆{Reω<0}, but there is a countable set R⊆(0,∞)R \subseteq (0,\infty)R⊆(0,∞), dense in (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), such that for each ε∈R\varepsilon \in Rε∈R some sequence ωn∈σ(a,k,ε)\omega_n \in \sigma(a,k,\varepsilon)ωn​∈σ(a,k,ε) has Re⁡ωn→0\operatorname{Re}\omega_n \to 0Reωn​→0.
  2. If k>1−K1+Kk > \frac{1-K}{1+K}k>1+K1−K​: there is an open set D⊆(0,∞)D \subseteq (0,\infty)D⊆(0,∞), dense in (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞), such that for each ε∈D\varepsilon \in Dε∈D the system has a classical solution with ∣u(x0,t)∣≥ceγt|u(x_0,t)| \ge ce^{\gamma t}∣u(x0​,t)∣≥ceγt for some γ,c>0\gamma, c > 0γ,c>0, x0∈(0,1)x_0 \in (0,1)x0​∈(0,1) and all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0.

Milestones

In attack order: the characteristic equation (16) (ω∈σ  ⟺  h(ε,ω)=0\omega \in \sigma \iff h(\varepsilon,\omega) = 0ω∈σ⟺h(ε,ω)=0 for ω≠−a\omega \ne -aω=−a); separated solutions; Lemma 1 (one zero of fff forces infinitely many zeros of fff and hhh in every vertical strip around it); (17)–(18) (no zeros of hhh in the right half-plane below or at the critical gain); the half-plane bound below the critical gain; (19) (no purely imaginary zeros at the critical gain); the explicit zero f(2(2m+1)2n+1,(2n+1)πi2)=0f\bigl(\tfrac{2(2m+1)}{2n+1}, \tfrac{(2n+1)\pi i}{2}\bigr) = 0f(2n+12(2m+1)​,2(2n+1)πi​)=0; density of the delays 2(2m+1)2n+1\tfrac{2(2m+1)}{2n+1}2n+12(2m+1)​; the root family (12)–(15) above the critical gain; Lemma 2 (an open dense set of delays with zeros of fff in Re⁡ω>0\operatorname{Re}\omega > 0Reω>0); the three parts of the THEOREM separately; and, off the goal's path, the undelayed formula Re⁡ω=12log⁡∣k−1k+1∣\operatorname{Re}\omega = \tfrac12\log\bigl|\tfrac{k-1}{k+1}\bigr|Reω=21​log​k+1k−1​​ for a=0a = 0a=0.

Significance

The result shows that exponential stability obtained by boundary velocity feedback is not robust to delays when the gain is above (1−K)/(1+K)(1-K)/(1+K)(1−K)/(1+K): delays from a dense set of lengths, including arbitrarily small ones, produce exponentially growing modes. When a=0a = 0a=0 the critical gain is 000, so every positive gain is fragile. Below the critical gain the spectral gap survives every delay. This identifies a quantitative robustness margin and motivated the later analysis of delayed boundary control, including the Nicaise–Pignotti theorems already posed on the platform for a different, multidimensional model (NicaiseDelayWave.*).

The result is proved in the paper, partly by citation: Lemma 1 is quoted from Datko (1978) without proof, and the open-mapping step of Lemma 2 is sketched. No machine-checked version exists. A formalization would check the threshold computations, supply the strip-zero lemma for this exponential polynomial, and give a rigorous version of the open-mapping step.

Difficulty

The algebraic parts, (16)–(19) and the explicit zeros, are calculations with complex exponentials. The difficulty is in Lemma 1 and Lemma 2. Lemma 1 needs the almost-periodic structure of exponential polynomials in vertical strips together with a Hurwitz or Rouché type argument, and neither is in Mathlib. Lemma 2 needs zeros of f(ε,⋅)f(\varepsilon,\cdot)f(ε,⋅) to persist under small changes of the real parameter ε\varepsilonε. The paper's route through the logarithmic map (11) does not work as printed, because it is stated with the principal branch exactly on the branch cut. In part (i), the delicate step is excluding accumulation of zeros at the imaginary axis as ∣Im⁡ω∣→∞|\operatorname{Im}\omega| \to \infty∣Imω∣→∞, which the half-plane estimate alone does not give.

Formalization scope

Parameters a,k,εa, k, \varepsilona,k,ε are real, ω∈C\omega \in \mathbb Cω∈C, eigenfunctions are maps R→C\mathbb R \to \mathbb CR→C and solutions are maps u:R→R→Cu : \mathbb R \to \mathbb R \to \mathbb Cu:R→R→C (space first). Partial derivatives are deriv of the sections. Solutions and eigenfunctions are required to be C2C^2C2 on all of R2\mathbb R^2R2, resp. R\mathbb RR; this loses no eigenvalue, since solutions of (5) are combinations of e±(a+ω)xe^{\pm(a+\omega)x}e±(a+ω)x. Committed readings of the paper's loose phrases:

  • the spectrum is the eigenvalue set of the problem above, not the zero set of hhh; h(ε,−a)=0h(\varepsilon,-a) = 0h(ε,−a)=0 always, so (16) is stated for ω≠−a\omega \neq -aω=−a;
  • "countably dense set RRR in (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞)": R⊆(0,∞)R \subseteq (0,\infty)R⊆(0,∞), RRR countable, (0,∞)⊆R‾(0,\infty) \subseteq \overline R(0,∞)⊆R;
  • "dense open set DDD in (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞)": D⊆(0,∞)D \subseteq (0,\infty)D⊆(0,∞) open, (0,∞)⊆D‾(0,\infty) \subseteq \overline D(0,∞)⊆D;
  • "exponentially unstable solution": a classical solution with ∣u(x0,t)∣≥ceγt|u(x_0,t)| \ge ce^{\gamma t}∣u(x0​,t)∣≥ceγt for all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0;
  • "an infinite number of zeros" (Lemma 1): the zero set in the open strip is infinite, for fff and for hhh separately;
  • "there exists β(ε)>0\beta(\varepsilon) > 0β(ε)>0": ∀ε>0 ∃β>0\forall \varepsilon > 0\ \exists \beta > 0∀ε>0 ∃β>0, so β\betaβ may depend on ε\varepsilonε;
  • part (ii) carries k>0k > 0k>0, the paper's standing assumption (p. 152); without it the part is false at a=0a = 0a=0;
  • m,nm, nm,n in 2(2m+1)/(2n+1)2(2m+1)/(2n+1)2(2m+1)/(2n+1) are positive integers in (12)–(15) and in the density of (15), as in the proof of Lemma 2; in the explicit threshold zero, where the page says "m,nm, nm,n are arbitrary", they range over all natural numbers.

Trivializing encodings are ruled out: defining the spectrum as the zero set of hhh would make −a-a−a a spurious spectral point, and reading "exponentially unstable" as "the spectrum meets Re⁡ω>0\operatorname{Re}\omega > 0Reω>0" would delete the solution-level content of part (iii).

A complete development needs zero-counting tools for exponential polynomials in strips (almost periodicity, Hurwitz's theorem), which would be reusable for other delay equations. Contributions to any milestone, and to that general infrastructure, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Datko, J. Lagnese, M. P. Polis, An example on the effect of time delays in boundary feedback stabilization of wave equations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 24(1), 152–156, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1137/0324007
  • R. Datko, A procedure for determination of the exponential stability of certain differential-difference equations, Quart. Appl. Math. 36, 279–292, 1978.
  • G. Chen, Energy decay estimates and exact boundary value controllability for the wave equation in a bounded domain, J. Math. Pures Appl. 58, 249–274, 1979.
  • S. Nicaise, C. Pignotti, Stability and instability results of the wave equation with a delay term in the boundary or internal feedbacks, SIAM J. Control Optim. 45(5), 1561–1585, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1137/060648891
16 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Notes on Partial Differential Equations X: Galerkin Existence of Weak Solutions of Parabolic PDEsTextbook

Motivation

Linear second-order parabolic equations such as ut+Lu=fu_t + Lu = fut​+Lu=f model diffusion with advection, growth or decay, and external sources. The heat equation is the prototype. For coefficients that are only bounded and measurable, classical solutions need not exist, and the natural well-posedness theory is the L2L^2L2 energy theory of weak solutions. In that theory the solution is a curve t↦u(t)t \mapsto u(t)t↦u(t) in a Sobolev space, and the equation holds in the dual space. This framework, developed by J.-L. Lions and others in the 1950s–60s (Lions–Magenes 1972), underlies the numerical analysis of parabolic problems through finite elements and spectral Galerkin methods. It also underlies the existence theory for nonlinear evolution equations such as the Navier–Stokes equations (Temam 1977).

This mission formalizes Chapter 6 of J. K. Hunter's Notes on Partial Differential Equations (UC Davis, revised 6/18/2014): the existence, uniqueness and energy estimate for weak solutions of the parabolic initial–boundary value problem, proved by the Galerkin method. It also formalizes the vector-valued calculus on Hilbert triples that the proof rests on, and the Ehrling and Aubin–Lions compactness results of §6.6.

Setting

Let Ω⊂Rn\Omega \subset \mathbb{R}^nΩ⊂Rn be a bounded open set and T>0T > 0T>0. H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) is the closure of Cc∞(Ω)C_c^\infty(\Omega)Cc∞​(Ω) in the norm ∥u∥H012=∫Ω(u2+∣Du∣2) dx\|u\|_{H^1_0}^2 = \int_\Omega (u^2 + |Du|^2)\,dx∥u∥H01​2​=∫Ω​(u2+∣Du∣2)dx. H−1(Ω)H^{-1}(\Omega)H−1(Ω) is its dual, with pairing ⟨f,v⟩\langle f, v\rangle⟨f,v⟩. Every u∈L2(Ω)u \in L^2(\Omega)u∈L2(Ω) acts on H01(Ω)H^1_0(\Omega)H01​(Ω) by v↦∫Ωuv dxv \mapsto \int_\Omega uv\,dxv↦∫Ω​uvdx.

The operator is Lu=−∑i,j∂i(aij∂ju)+∑jbj∂ju+cuLu = -\sum_{i,j}\partial_i(a^{ij}\partial_j u) + \sum_j b^j\partial_j u + cuLu=−∑i,j​∂i​(aij∂j​u)+∑j​bj∂j​u+cu. Its coefficients satisfy Assumption 6.1: aij,bj,c∈L∞(Ω×(0,T))a^{ij}, b^j, c \in L^\infty(\Omega\times(0,T))aij,bj,c∈L∞(Ω×(0,T)), aij=ajia^{ij} = a^{ji}aij=aji, and uniform ellipticity ∑aijξiξj≥θ∣ξ∣2\sum a^{ij}\xi_i\xi_j \ge \theta|\xi|^2∑aijξi​ξj​≥θ∣ξ∣2 for some θ>0\theta > 0θ>0. The associated form is

a(u,v;t)=∑i,j∫Ωaij∂iu ∂jv dx+∑j∫Ωbj∂ju v dx+∫Ωc uv dx.a(u, v; t) = \sum_{i,j}\int_\Omega a^{ij}\partial_i u\,\partial_j v\,dx + \sum_j\int_\Omega b^j\partial_j u\,v\,dx + \int_\Omega c\,uv\,dx.a(u,v;t)=i,j∑​∫Ω​aij∂i​u∂j​vdx+j∑​∫Ω​bj∂j​uvdx+∫Ω​cuvdx.

A function u:[0,T]→H01(Ω)u : [0,T] \to H^1_0(\Omega)u:[0,T]→H01​(Ω) has weak time derivative ut=wu_t = wut​=w if ∫0Tϕ′(t)u(t) dt=−∫0Tϕ(t)w(t) dt\int_0^T \phi'(t)u(t)\,dt = -\int_0^T\phi(t)w(t)\,dt∫0T​ϕ′(t)u(t)dt=−∫0T​ϕ(t)w(t)dt for all ϕ∈Cc∞(0,T)\phi \in C_c^\infty(0,T)ϕ∈Cc∞​(0,T), with Bochner integrals in H−1(Ω)H^{-1}(\Omega)H−1(Ω). Given f∈L2(0,T;H−1(Ω))f \in L^2(0,T;H^{-1}(\Omega))f∈L2(0,T;H−1(Ω)) and g∈L2(Ω)g \in L^2(\Omega)g∈L2(Ω), uuu is a weak solution of

ut+Lu=f in Ω×(0,T),u=0 on ∂Ω,u(0)=gu_t + Lu = f \ \text{in } \Omega\times(0,T), \qquad u = 0 \ \text{on } \partial\Omega, \qquad u(0) = gut​+Lu=f in Ω×(0,T),u=0 on ∂Ω,u(0)=g

when three conditions hold. First, u∈L2(0,T;H01)u \in L^2(0,T;H^1_0)u∈L2(0,T;H01​) and ut∈L2(0,T;H−1)u_t \in L^2(0,T;H^{-1})ut​∈L2(0,T;H−1). Second, ⟨ut(t),v⟩+a(u(t),v;t)=⟨f(t),v⟩\langle u_t(t), v\rangle + a(u(t), v; t) = \langle f(t), v\rangle⟨ut​(t),v⟩+a(u(t),v;t)=⟨f(t),v⟩ for every v∈H01(Ω)v \in H^1_0(\Omega)v∈H01​(Ω) and a.e. ttt. Third, u(0)=gu(0) = gu(0)=g, where the value at 000 is that of the continuous representative in C([0,T];L2(Ω))C([0,T];L^2(\Omega))C([0,T];L2(Ω)).

The Galerkin approximations use an L2L^2L2-orthonormal basis {wk}\{w_k\}{wk​} of Dirichlet eigenfunctions and the spaces EN=⟨w1,…,wN⟩E_N = \langle w_1, \dots, w_N\rangleEN​=⟨w1​,…,wN​⟩. The approximation uN:[0,T]→ENu_N : [0,T] \to E_NuN​:[0,T]→EN​ solves the projected equation (uNt,v)L2+a(uN,v;t)=⟨f,v⟩(u_{Nt}, v)_{L^2} + a(u_N, v; t) = \langle f, v\rangle(uNt​,v)L2​+a(uN​,v;t)=⟨f,v⟩ for v∈ENv \in E_Nv∈EN​, with uN(0)=PNgu_N(0) = P_N guN​(0)=PN​g.

A Hilbert triple V↪H↪V′\mathcal{V} \hookrightarrow \mathcal{H} \hookrightarrow \mathcal{V}'V↪H↪V′ consists of two separable Hilbert spaces V\mathcal{V}V, H\mathcal{H}H and the dual V′\mathcal{V}'V′, with dense continuous injective embeddings and ⟨f,v⟩=(f,v)H\langle f, v\rangle = (f, v)_{\mathcal{H}}⟨f,v⟩=(f,v)H​ for f∈Hf \in \mathcal{H}f∈H. The model is H01↪L2↪H−1H^1_0 \hookrightarrow L^2 \hookrightarrow H^{-1}H01​↪L2↪H−1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6.3

For every f∈L2(0,T;H−1(Ω))f \in L^2(0,T;H^{-1}(\Omega))f∈L2(0,T;H−1(Ω)) and g∈L2(Ω)g \in L^2(\Omega)g∈L2(Ω) there is a unique weak solution u∈C([0,T];L2)∩L2(0,T;H01)u \in C([0,T];L^2) \cap L^2(0,T;H^1_0)u∈C([0,T];L2)∩L2(0,T;H01​) with ut∈L2(0,T;H−1)u_t \in L^2(0,T;H^{-1})ut​∈L2(0,T;H−1). There is also a constant C=C(Ω,T,L)C = C(\Omega, T, L)C=C(Ω,T,L) such that

∥u∥L∞(0,T;L2)+∥u∥L2(0,T;H01)+∥ut∥L2(0,T;H−1)≤C(∥f∥L2(0,T;H−1)+∥g∥L2).\|u\|_{L^\infty(0,T;L^2)} + \|u\|_{L^2(0,T;H^1_0)} + \|u_t\|_{L^2(0,T;H^{-1})} \le C\big(\|f\|_{L^2(0,T;H^{-1})} + \|g\|_{L^2}\big).∥u∥L∞(0,T;L2)​+∥u∥L2(0,T;H01​)​+∥ut​∥L2(0,T;H−1)​≤C(∥f∥L2(0,T;H−1)​+∥g∥L2​).

Milestones

  • Theorem 6.41. If u∈L2(0,T;V)u \in L^2(0,T;\mathcal{V})u∈L2(0,T;V) and ut∈L2(0,T;V′)u_t \in L^2(0,T;\mathcal{V}')ut​∈L2(0,T;V′), then u∈C([0,T];H)u \in C([0,T];\mathcal{H})u∈C([0,T];H). Moreover ddt(u,v)H=⟨ut,v⟩\frac{d}{dt}(u,v)_{\mathcal{H}} = \langle u_t, v\rangledtd​(u,v)H​=⟨ut​,v⟩, ddt∥u∥H2=2⟨ut,u⟩\frac{d}{dt}\|u\|^2_{\mathcal{H}} = 2\langle u_t, u\rangledtd​∥u∥H2​=2⟨ut​,u⟩, and ∥u∥L∞(H)≤C(∥u∥L2(V)+∥ut∥L2(V′))\|u\|_{L^\infty(\mathcal{H})} \le C(\|u\|_{L^2(\mathcal{V})} + \|u_t\|_{L^2(\mathcal{V}')})∥u∥L∞(H)​≤C(∥u∥L2(V)​+∥ut​∥L2(V′)​).
  • Theorem 6.42. ∫0T⟨ut,v⟩ dt=(u(T),v(T))H−(u(0),v(0))H−∫0T⟨u,vt⟩ dt\int_0^T\langle u_t, v\rangle\,dt = (u(T),v(T))_{\mathcal{H}} - (u(0),v(0))_{\mathcal{H}} - \int_0^T\langle u, v_t\rangle\,dt∫0T​⟨ut​,v⟩dt=(u(T),v(T))H​−(u(0),v(0))H​−∫0T​⟨u,vt​⟩dt.
  • Proposition 6.5. Each Galerkin problem has a unique solution uNu_NuN​.
  • Proposition 6.6. The energy estimate above holds for uNu_NuN​ with CCC independent of NNN.
  • Proposition 6.7. A subsequence of uNu_NuN​ converges weakly to a weak solution satisfying the estimate.
  • Lemma 6.10 (Ehrling) and Theorem 6.9 (Aubin–Lions). These are further results of the chapter, stated for Banach spaces X↪Y↪ZX \hookrightarrow Y \hookrightarrow ZX↪Y↪Z with XXX compactly embedded in YYY.

Significance

Theorem 6.3 is the basic well-posedness theorem for linear parabolic equations with rough coefficients. It gives existence and uniqueness, and continuous dependence on the data through the linear estimate. The same argument gives the Galerkin convergence that justifies spectral and finite-element semi-discretizations. The Hilbert-triple calculus of Theorems 6.41–6.42 is the standard setting for linear and nonlinear evolution equations. The Aubin–Lions lemma is the compactness tool for nonlinear problems, such as the semilinear heat equation of §6.6 and the Navier–Stokes equations of §6.7.

All of these results are classical and proved in the notes, except that Theorem 6.41's proof leans on vector-valued mollification. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them is formalized there. Mathlib has the Bochner integral, LpL^pLp spaces of Banach-valued functions and Gronwall's inequality. It does not have weak derivatives of vector-valued functions, Hilbert triples, or evolution-equation existence theorems. The work here is therefore to formalize known proofs, and in doing so to build reusable infrastructure for time-dependent PDEs.

Difficulty

The main obstacle is that the natural objects are equivalence classes of vector-valued functions, not functions. The initial condition u(0)=gu(0) = gu(0)=g is meaningless for an element of L2(0,T;H01)L^2(0,T;H^1_0)L2(0,T;H01​) until Theorem 6.41 provides a continuous representative. Its proof needs extension across the endpoints and mollification of V\mathcal{V}V-valued functions. Passing to the limit in the Galerkin scheme needs weak compactness in L2(0,T;H01)L^2(0,T;H^1_0)L2(0,T;H01​) and L2(0,T;H−1)L^2(0,T;H^{-1})L2(0,T;H−1), identified with a dual Bochner space. Proposition 6.5 is a linear ODE system whose coefficients are only L∞L^\inftyL∞ in time, so the Picard–Lindelöf theorem for continuous right-hand sides does not apply directly. The H−1H^{-1}H−1 bound on uNtu_{Nt}uNt​ needs the projection PNP_NPN​ to be bounded on H01H^1_0H01​ as well as on L2L^2L2, which is why the basis is taken to be eigenfunctions. Uniqueness needs the energy identity (6.46) and a Gronwall argument in weak form.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), with 0-based coordinates. H10 n Ω is the closure of the jets (ϕ,∇ϕ)(\phi, \nabla\phi)(ϕ,∇ϕ), ϕ∈Cc∞(Ω)\phi \in C_c^\infty(\Omega)ϕ∈Cc∞​(Ω), in L2(Ω;R×Rn)L^2(\Omega;\mathbb{R}\times\mathbb{R}^n)L2(Ω;R×Rn), so its norm is the full H1H^1H1 norm. Hm1 n Ω is StrongDual ℝ (H10 n Ω). l2Embed is the embedding H01↪L2↪H−1H^1_0 \hookrightarrow L^2 \hookrightarrow H^{-1}H01​↪L2↪H−1.
  • Lp(0,T;X)L^p(0,T;X)Lp(0,T;X) is MemLp for Lebesgue measure on (0,T)(0,T)(0,T), and norms are eLpNorm with values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Constants are finite nonnegative reals. Every constant is quantified before the data it must not depend on: before fff, ggg in Theorem 6.3, and before the basis, fff, ggg, NNN in Propositions 6.6–6.7.
  • The weak time derivative is (6.14) in its standard form ∫ϕ′u=−∫ϕw\int\phi' u = -\int\phi w∫ϕ′u=−∫ϕw. The page prints ϕ\phiϕ and ϕ′\phi'ϕ′ interchanged, which is a typo.
  • Weak solutions take g∈L2(Ω)g \in L^2(\Omega)g∈L2(Ω) as in Assumption 6.1(3). The printed Theorem 6.3 says g∈H01(Ω)g \in H^1_0(\Omega)g∈H01​(Ω), a special case. u(0)=gu(0) = gu(0)=g is read through a continuous representative u~∈C([0,T];L2)\tilde u \in C([0,T];L^2)u~∈C([0,T];L2), and uniqueness means equality for a.e. ttt.
  • Coefficient conditions and ellipticity hold almost everywhere on Ω×(0,T)\Omega\times(0,T)Ω×(0,T). The Galerkin basis is a hypothesis: an orthonormal basis of L2(Ω)L^2(\Omega)L2(Ω) of weak Dirichlet eigenfunctions.
  • Proposition 6.7 states weak convergence of uNku_{N_k}uNk​​ in L2(0,T;H01)L^2(0,T;H^1_0)L2(0,T;H01​) and of uNktu_{N_k t}uNk​t​ in L2(0,T;H−1)L^2(0,T;H^{-1})L2(0,T;H−1), in the explicit integral form of p. 186. This is at least as strong as the printed claim.
  • Hilbert triples are structures with two continuous injective dense-range embeddings, separability, and the compatibility identity. Reflexivity in Theorem 6.9 is surjectivity of the canonical map into the bidual.
  • Ruling out trivializations. Every Bochner integral in a definition has an integrable integrand under the stated L2L^2L2 hypotheses, so no weak-derivative or weak-solution condition holds through the integral's junk value 000. The initial condition is imposed on a continuous representative, so it is not vacuous on a null set.
  • Reusable infrastructure welcome: vector-valued mollification and extension, the Hilbert-triple calculus, and dual identification of L2(0,T;X)′L^2(0,T;X)'L2(0,T;X)′.

Selected references

  • J. K. Hunter, Notes on Partial Differential Equations, UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, Chapter 6. https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/pdes/pde_notes.pdf
  • L. C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, 2nd ed., Graduate Studies in Mathematics 19, AMS, 2010, §7.1. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/019
  • J.-L. Lions and E. Magenes, Non-Homogeneous Boundary Value Problems and Applications I, Springer, 1972. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-65161-8
  • R. Temam, Navier–Stokes Equations: Theory and Numerical Analysis, North-Holland, 1977; AMS Chelsea reprint 2001. https://doi.org/10.1090/chel/343
  • J. Simon, Compact sets in the space Lp(0,T;B)L^p(0,T;B)Lp(0,T;B), Ann. Mat. Pura Appl. 146 (1987), 65–96. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01762360
17 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisFunctional Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Notes on Partial Differential Equations VIII: Strongly Continuous Semigroups and the Lumer–Phillips TheoremTextbook

Motivation

Many linear partial differential equations of evolution type — the heat equation, the Schrödinger equation, linear wave and Klein–Gordon equations, linearized reaction–diffusion and Kuramoto–Sivashinsky equations — can be written as an ordinary differential equation

ut=Au,u(0)=f,u_t = Au, \qquad u(0) = f,ut​=Au,u(0)=f,

in a Banach space XXX of functions, where AAA is a spatial differential operator. When AAA is bounded, the solution is the operator exponential etAfe^{tA}fetAf. Differential operators are unbounded, however, and then the solution operators f↦u(t)f \mapsto u(t)f↦u(t) are only continuous in time in the strong sense and may exist only forward in time. Semigroup theory makes this picture rigorous: it characterizes exactly which operators AAA generate a well-posed evolution, and it is the standard route from energy estimates to existence and uniqueness for linear and semilinear evolution equations (Duhamel's formula, §5.4.5 of the notes, used for the semilinear heat equation in §5.5).

This mission formalizes §5.4 of J. K. Hunter's Notes on Partial Differential Equations (UC Davis, revised 6/18/2014): uniformly continuous groups, strongly continuous semigroups and their generators, the Hille–Yosida theorem, the Lumer–Phillips theorem and Stone's theorem.

Timeline. The generation theorem for contraction semigroups is due independently to E. Hille (1948) and K. Yosida (1948); the general version with constants MMM, aaa to Feller, Miyadera and Phillips (1952–53). G. Lumer and R. S. Phillips (1961) recast the contraction case in terms of dissipative operators. Stone's theorem on one-parameter unitary groups dates from 1930–32. Standard modern accounts are Pazy (1983) and Engel–Nagel (2000).

Setting

Let XXX be a Banach space over K=R\mathbb{K} = \mathbb{R}K=R or C\mathbb{C}C, and L(X)\mathcal{L}(X)L(X) the Banach space of bounded linear operators on XXX with the operator norm.

A uniformly continuous group is a family {T(t):t∈R}⊂L(X)\{T(t) : t \in \mathbb{R}\} \subset \mathcal{L}(X){T(t):t∈R}⊂L(X) with T(0)=IT(0) = IT(0)=I, T(s)T(t)=T(s+t)T(s)T(t) = T(s+t)T(s)T(t)=T(s+t), and T(h)→IT(h) \to IT(h)→I in operator norm as h→0h \to 0h→0. A strongly continuous (C₀) semigroup is a family {T(t):t≥0}⊂L(X)\{T(t) : t \ge 0\} \subset \mathcal{L}(X){T(t):t≥0}⊂L(X) with T(0)=IT(0) = IT(0)=I, T(s)T(t)=T(s+t)T(s)T(t) = T(s+t)T(s)T(t)=T(s+t) for s,t≥0s, t \ge 0s,t≥0, and T(h)f→fT(h)f \to fT(h)f→f as h→0+h \to 0^+h→0+ for every f∈Xf \in Xf∈X; it is a contraction semigroup if ∥T(t)∥≤1\|T(t)\| \le 1∥T(t)∥≤1 for all t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. A C₀ group has the same properties for all s,t∈Rs, t \in \mathbb{R}s,t∈R; on a complex Hilbert space it is unitary if every T(t)T(t)T(t) is unitary.

An operator A:D(A)⊂X→XA : \mathcal{D}(A) \subset X \to XA:D(A)⊂X→X is a linear map defined on a subspace D(A)\mathcal{D}(A)D(A). The generator of a C₀ semigroup is the operator AAA whose domain is the set of fff for which

Af=lim⁡h→0+T(h)f−fhAf = \lim_{h \to 0^+} \frac{T(h)f - f}{h}Af=h→0+lim​hT(h)f−f​

exists in norm, with AfAfAf this limit. AAA is closed if its graph {(f,Af):f∈D(A)}\{(f, Af) : f \in \mathcal{D}(A)\}{(f,Af):f∈D(A)} is closed in X×XX \times XX×X, and densely defined if D(A)\mathcal{D}(A)D(A) is dense. A scalar λ\lambdaλ is in the resolvent set of AAA if λI−A:D(A)→X\lambda I - A : \mathcal{D}(A) \to XλI−A:D(A)→X is a bijection, and then R(λ,A)=(λI−A)−1R(\lambda, A) = (\lambda I - A)^{-1}R(λ,A)=(λI−A)−1 is the resolvent. AAA is dissipative if λ∥f∥≤∥(λI−A)f∥\lambda\|f\| \le \|(\lambda I - A)f\|λ∥f∥≤∥(λI−A)f∥ for all real λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and f∈D(A)f \in \mathcal{D}(A)f∈D(A), and m-dissipative if in addition λI−A\lambda I - AλI−A is onto XXX for some λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. On a complex Hilbert space H\mathcal{H}H, AAA is self-adjoint if D(A)\mathcal{D}(A)D(A) is dense, D(A)=D(A∗)\mathcal{D}(A) = \mathcal{D}(A^*)D(A)=D(A∗), and (x,Ay)=(Ax,y)(x, Ay) = (Ax, y)(x,Ay)=(Ax,y) for x,y∈D(A)x, y \in \mathcal{D}(A)x,y∈D(A).

Formalization targets

Goal: the Lumer–Phillips theorem (Theorem 5.38)

For an operator A:D(A)⊂X→XA : \mathcal{D}(A) \subset X \to XA:D(A)⊂X→X,

A generates a C₀ contraction semigroup on X  ⟺  A is closed, densely defined and m-dissipative.A \text{ generates a C₀ contraction semigroup on } X \iff A \text{ is closed, densely defined and m-dissipative.}A generates a C₀ contraction semigroup on X⟺A is closed, densely defined and m-dissipative.

Milestones

  1. Theorem 5.24. A uniformly continuous group is smooth in operator norm, A=T′(0)∈L(X)A = T'(0) \in \mathcal{L}(X)A=T′(0)∈L(X) exists, and T(t)=etAT(t) = e^{tA}T(t)=etA for all t∈Rt \in \mathbb{R}t∈R.
  2. Theorem 5.32. The generator of a C₀ semigroup is closed and densely defined.
  3. Theorem 5.35 (Hille–Yosida). AAA generates a C₀ semigroup if and only if, for some M≥1M \ge 1M≥1 and a∈Ra \in \mathbb{R}a∈R, AAA is closed and densely defined, (a,∞)(a, \infty)(a,∞) lies in the resolvent set, and
∥R(λ,A)n∥≤M(λ−a)n(λ>a, n∈N);\|R(\lambda, A)^n\| \le \frac{M}{(\lambda - a)^n} \qquad (\lambda > a,\ n \in \mathbb{N});∥R(λ,A)n∥≤(λ−a)nM​(λ>a, n∈N);

in that case ∥T(t)∥≤Meat\|T(t)\| \le M e^{at}∥T(t)∥≤Meat for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0. 4. Corollary 5.36. The contraction case: M=1M = 1M=1, a=0a = 0a=0, with ∥R(λ,A)∥≤1/λ\|R(\lambda, A)\| \le 1/\lambda∥R(λ,A)∥≤1/λ. 5. Theorem 5.42 (Stone). On a complex Hilbert space, iAiAiA generates a C₀ unitary group if and only if AAA is self-adjoint.

Significance

The result itself. The Lumer–Phillips theorem is the working form of generation theory for PDEs: to show that ut=Auu_t = Auut​=Au is well posed with ∥u(t)∥≤∥u(0)∥\|u(t)\| \le \|u(0)\|∥u(t)∥≤∥u(0)∥, it suffices to prove an energy inequality (dissipativity) and to solve a single resolvent equation λf−Af=g\lambda f - Af = gλf−Af=g. The notes apply it to the Laplacian on H2(Rn)⊂L2(Rn)H^2(\mathbb{R}^n) \subset L^2(\mathbb{R}^n)H2(Rn)⊂L2(Rn) and, after a shift, to the linearized Kuramoto–Sivashinsky operator; later chapters use the resulting semigroups in Duhamel's formula to construct solutions of semilinear heat and Schrödinger equations. Hille–Yosida gives the general growth bound ∥T(t)∥≤Meat\|T(t)\| \le Me^{at}∥T(t)∥≤Meat, and Stone's theorem identifies unitary quantum dynamics with self-adjoint Hamiltonians.

Formalizing it. All results are classical and proved in the literature; the notes themselves state 5.32, 5.35, 5.36, 5.38 and 5.42 without proof, referring to standard texts. Mathlib currently has the operator exponential on Banach algebras, partially defined linear maps (LinearPMap) with closedness, closures and adjoints, but no theory of C₀ semigroups or their generators. A complete development would give Lean a reusable generation theory for unbounded operators, on which parabolic and dispersive PDE existence results can rest.

Difficulty

The central obstacle is the passage from resolvent information to a semigroup. Formally T(t)=etAT(t) = e^{tA}T(t)=etA, but for unbounded AAA the exponential series is meaningless, and the necessity directions require showing that the resolvent is a Laplace transform of the semigroup, which needs integration of strongly (not norm) continuous operator-valued functions. The sufficiency directions must construct a semigroup from AAA by an approximation of the unbounded generator and a limit that converges only strongly, and then identify the generator of the limit with AAA — including its domain, which is where most careless arguments fail. In the Lumer–Phillips theorem, surjectivity of λI−A\lambda I - AλI−A is assumed for a single λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and must be propagated to every λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. In Stone's theorem both directions need domain arguments for unbounded operators on Hilbert space; symmetry of AAA alone is not enough.

Formalization scope

  • Scalars: a field 𝕜 with [RCLike 𝕜] (ℝ or ℂ), and X a Banach space over it ([NormedAddCommGroup X] [NormedSpace 𝕜 X] [CompleteSpace X]). Stone's theorem is over ℂ on an InnerProductSpace ℂ H with [CompleteSpace H]. Theorem 5.24 additionally equips X with a compatible real structure ([NormedSpace ℝ X] [IsScalarTower ℝ 𝕜 X]) so that t↦T(t)t \mapsto T(t)t↦T(t) can be differentiated; etAe^{tA}etA is Mathlib's NormedSpace.exp, and C∞C^\inftyC∞ is ContDiff ℝ ∞.
  • Operators A:D(A)⊂X→XA : \mathcal{D}(A) \subset X \to XA:D(A)⊂X→X are X →ₗ.[𝕜] X (LinearPMap); closedness is LinearPMap.IsClosed (closed graph).
  • Semigroups are functions T : ℝ → X →L[𝕜] X; for semigroups only the values at t≥0t \ge 0t≥0 enter. Composition is multiplication in X →L[𝕜] X.
  • The generator relation IsGenerator T A states, for all f,gf, gf,g: the right difference quotient h−1(T(h)f−f)h^{-1}(T(h)f - f)h−1(T(h)f−f) tends to ggg as h→0+h \to 0^+h→0+ if and only if f∈D(A)f \in \mathcal{D}(A)f∈D(A) and Af=gAf = gAf=g. So "AAA generates a semigroup" means that AAA equals the generator including its domain; a formalization in which AAA merely agrees with the limit on some subspace, or in which the generator is a restriction, would make the theorems different (and false) statements, and is ruled out.
  • Resolvent norm bounds ∥R(λ,A)n∥≤c\|R(\lambda, A)^n\| \le c∥R(λ,A)n∥≤c are stated pointwise, ∥R(λ,A)ng∥≤c∥g∥\|R(\lambda,A)^n g\| \le c\|g\|∥R(λ,A)ng∥≤c∥g∥ for all ggg, which is equivalent. In (5.24) n=0n = 0n=0 is included, which adds nothing because M≥1M \ge 1M≥1. The "in that case" clause of Theorem 5.35 is a second conjunct: for every semigroup generated by AAA and every M,aM, aM,a satisfying the three conditions, ∥T(t)∥≤Meat\|T(t)\| \le Me^{at}∥T(t)∥≤Meat.
  • Closedness and density, which the notes build into the definitions of the resolvent set and of dissipativity, are stated explicitly wherever they are used (they appear as condition (1) in every theorem).
  • The generator of a C₀ group (Stone) is the generator of its forward part, as in Definition 5.30; the operator iAiAiA is Complex.I • A, with the same domain as AAA. Self-adjointness is Definition 5.41 as printed, not Mathlib's IsSelfAdjoint for LinearPMap, although the two agree.
  • Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: Riemann/Bochner integration of strongly continuous operator families, the Laplace-transform representation of the resolvent, Yosida approximations, and dissipativity–resolvent equivalences. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. K. Hunter, Notes on Partial Differential Equations, UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, §5.4. https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/pdes/pde_notes.pdf
  • A. Pazy, Semigroups of Linear Operators and Applications to Partial Differential Equations, Springer, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4612-5561-1
  • K.-J. Engel and R. Nagel, One-Parameter Semigroups for Linear Evolution Equations, Springer GTM 194, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1007/b97696
  • G. Lumer and R. S. Phillips, Dissipative operators in a Banach space, Pacific J. Math. 11 (1961), 679–698. https://doi.org/10.2140/pjm.1961.11.679
  • M. H. Stone, On one-parameter unitary groups in Hilbert space, Ann. of Math. 33 (1932), 643–648. https://doi.org/10.2307/1968538
  • K. Yosida, On the differentiability and the representation of one-parameter semigroup of linear operators, J. Math. Soc. Japan 1 (1948), 15–21. https://doi.org/10.2969/jmsj/00110015
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
AnalysisHarmonic Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Notes on Partial Differential Equations II: The Newtonian Potential and Hölder Estimates for Poisson's EquationTextbook

Motivation

Poisson's equation −Δu=f-\Delta u = f−Δu=f is the model elliptic partial differential equation. It describes the electrostatic potential of a charge density, the gravitational potential of a mass density, and the steady temperature of a body with internal heat sources. Its solution on the whole space by convolution with a point-source potential, and the fact that this solution has exactly two more derivatives than the data when smoothness is measured in Hölder norms, are the starting point of the regularity theory of second-order elliptic equations.

This mission formalizes §2.6–2.7 of J. K. Hunter's Notes on Partial Differential Equations (UC Davis, revised 6/18/2014), which follow the classical line: the fundamental solution, the Newtonian potential, an integral representation of its second derivatives, and the Hölder estimate. The estimate goes back to J. Schauder (1934), who used it to build an existence theory for elliptic equations with Hölder continuous coefficients, now called Schauder theory (Gilbarg–Trudinger, Ch. 4 and 6). The singular integral operators that appear in the second derivatives were later placed in a general framework by A. P. Calderón and A. Zygmund (1952), whose theory gives the LpL^pLp analogue.

Setting

Throughout, n≥2n \ge 2n≥2 and Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn carries the Euclidean norm ∣x∣|x|∣x∣ and Lebesgue measure. Let αn\alpha_nαn​ be the volume of the open unit ball. The fundamental solution of Laplace's equation is

Γ(x)=1n(n−2)αn 1∣x∣n−2(n≥3),Γ(x)=−12πlog⁡∣x∣(n=2),\Gamma(x) = \frac{1}{n(n-2)\alpha_n}\,\frac{1}{|x|^{n-2}} \quad (n \ge 3), \qquad \Gamma(x) = -\frac{1}{2\pi}\log|x| \quad (n = 2),Γ(x)=n(n−2)αn​1​∣x∣n−21​(n≥3),Γ(x)=−2π1​log∣x∣(n=2),

defined for x≠0x \neq 0x=0. With this sign convention (as in Evans, opposite to Gilbarg–Trudinger) Γ\GammaΓ is harmonic away from the origin and −ΔΓ=δ-\Delta\Gamma = \delta−ΔΓ=δ in the sense of distributions. Γ\GammaΓ is locally integrable, and so is its gradient, but its second derivatives behave like ∣x∣−n|x|^{-n}∣x∣−n and are not.

For a smooth function fff with compact support, f∈Cc∞(Rn)f \in C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n)f∈Cc∞​(Rn), the Newtonian potential of fff is the convolution

u(x)=(Γ∗f)(x)=∫RnΓ(x−y) f(y) dy.u(x) = (\Gamma * f)(x) = \int_{\mathbb{R}^n} \Gamma(x - y)\, f(y)\, dy.u(x)=(Γ∗f)(x)=∫Rn​Γ(x−y)f(y)dy.

Partial derivatives are written ∂i\partial_i∂i​, with ∂ij=∂i∂j\partial_{ij} = \partial_i \partial_j∂ij​=∂i​∂j​, and δij\delta_{ij}δij​ is the Kronecker delta. For 0<α≤10 < \alpha \le 10<α≤1 the Hölder seminorm of v:Rn→Rv : \mathbb{R}^n \to \mathbb{R}v:Rn→R is

[v]0,α=sup⁡x≠y∣v(x)−v(y)∣∣x−y∣α∈[0,∞].[v]_{0,\alpha} = \sup_{x \neq y} \frac{|v(x) - v(y)|}{|x - y|^{\alpha}} \in [0, \infty].[v]0,α​=x=ysup​∣x−y∣α∣v(x)−v(y)∣​∈[0,∞].

In the Lean development these objects are fundamentalSolution n, unitBallVolume n, newtonianPotential n f, partialDeriv u i, secondPartial u i j and holderSeminorm α Set.univ v, all in the namespace HunterPDE.Newtonian.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Hölder estimate (Theorem 2.28)

For 0<α<10 < \alpha < 10<α<1 there is a constant CCC, depending only on α\alphaα and nnn, such that for every f∈Cc∞(Rn)f \in C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n)f∈Cc∞​(Rn) and all indices i,ji, ji,j,

[∂ij(Γ∗f)]0,α≤C [f]0,α.[\partial_{ij}(\Gamma * f)]_{0,\alpha} \le C\,[f]_{0,\alpha}.[∂ij​(Γ∗f)]0,α​≤C[f]0,α​.

The constant is not specified: the goal asserts the shape of the estimate, not a numerical value.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (2.14). Γ\GammaΓ is C∞C^\inftyC∞ on Rn∖{0}\mathbb{R}^n \setminus \{0\}Rn∖{0} and ∂iΓ(x)=−1nαn1∣x∣n−1xi∣x∣\partial_i\Gamma(x) = -\dfrac{1}{n\alpha_n}\dfrac{1}{|x|^{n-1}}\dfrac{x_i}{|x|}∂i​Γ(x)=−nαn​1​∣x∣n−11​∣x∣xi​​ for x≠0x \neq 0x=0.
  2. Eq. (2.23). Γ∗(Δf)=−f\Gamma * (\Delta f) = -fΓ∗(Δf)=−f for f∈Cc∞(Rn)f \in C_c^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n)f∈Cc∞​(Rn).
  3. Theorem 2.25. u=Γ∗fu = \Gamma * fu=Γ∗f is well defined, u∈C∞(Rn)u \in C^\infty(\mathbb{R}^n)u∈C∞(Rn), and −Δu=f-\Delta u = f−Δu=f.
  4. Corollary 2.27. For every xxx and every open ball BR(x)B_R(x)BR​(x) containing the support of fff,
∂iju(x)=∫BR(x)∂ijΓ(x−y) [f(y)−f(x)] dy−1nf(x) δij,\partial_{ij} u(x) = \int_{B_R(x)} \partial_{ij}\Gamma(x - y)\,[f(y) - f(x)]\,dy - \frac{1}{n} f(x)\,\delta_{ij},∂ij​u(x)=∫BR​(x)​∂ij​Γ(x−y)[f(y)−f(x)]dy−n1​f(x)δij​,

with the integral absolutely convergent.

Significance

Theorem 2.25 is the existence theorem for Poisson's equation on the whole space. Corollary 2.27 expresses D2uD^2 uD2u as a singular integral operator applied to fff plus a multiple of fff; it is the prototype of the representations behind both the Hölder (Schauder) and the LpL^pLp (Calderón–Zygmund) theories. Theorem 2.28 is the first Schauder estimate. With it, a priori estimates for equations with variable Hölder coefficients follow by freezing the coefficients, and existence follows by the method of continuity. The notes point out that the Hölder scale is essential: there are continuous compactly supported fff for which Γ∗f\Gamma * fΓ∗f is not C2C^2C2, so no estimate of D2uD^2 uD2u by the maximum of ∣f∣|f|∣f∣ holds. The endpoint α=1\alpha = 1α=1 is excluded from the theorem.

All four statements are classical and proved in the notes; none is new mathematics. As far as the Prove2Me corpus and Mathlib show, none has been machine-checked. Mathlib has the Laplacian on inner product spaces, convolution, and the volume of Euclidean balls, but no fundamental solution of the Laplacian in general dimension, no Newtonian potential, and no Hölder estimates for it. A formalization would supply reusable infrastructure: the fundamental solution with its derivative formulas, differentiation under the integral sign with a locally integrable kernel, and estimates for kernels homogeneous of degree −n-n−n with mean zero on spheres.

Difficulty

The obvious route to the second derivatives, differentiating twice under the integral sign, fails: ∂ijΓ\partial_{ij}\Gamma∂ij​Γ is of order ∣x∣−n|x|^{-n}∣x∣−n near the origin and is not locally integrable, so ∫∂ijΓ(x−y)f(y) dy\int \partial_{ij}\Gamma(x-y) f(y)\,dy∫∂ij​Γ(x−y)f(y)dy need not exist. Corollary 2.27 is precisely the statement that the correct formula carries a subtracted value f(x)f(x)f(x) and a boundary contribution −1nf(x)δij-\frac1n f(x)\delta_{ij}−n1​f(x)δij​, and computing that contribution needs integrals over spheres, which Mathlib supports only indirectly. For the goal, a pointwise bound on the kernel is not enough. Estimating ∣∂ijΓ(x−y)∣ ∣f(y)−f(x)∣|\partial_{ij}\Gamma(x-y)|\,|f(y)-f(x)|∣∂ij​Γ(x−y)∣∣f(y)−f(x)∣ in absolute value gives a bound that grows with the radius of the ball containing the support of fff, while the theorem's constant must be uniform over all fff, all indices and all pairs of points. The estimate depends on cancellation in the kernel, and the maximum-norm version of the same statement is false.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with volume. Every theorem assumes 2 ≤ n; the definition of Γ\GammaΓ returns junk values for n=0,1n = 0, 1n=0,1, which the book excludes.
  • Γ(0)\Gamma(0)Γ(0) is undefined in the book; in Lean it equals 000 (from 1/0=01/0 = 01/0=0 and log⁡0=0\log 0 = 0log0=0), one point of measure zero.
  • Coordinates are 0-based (i : Fin n). ∂iu(x)\partial_i u(x)∂i​u(x) is fderiv ℝ u x (EuclideanSpace.single i 1), and ∂iju=∂i(∂ju)\partial_{ij} u = \partial_i(\partial_j u)∂ij​u=∂i​(∂j​u). fderiv is 000 where uuu is not differentiable, so ∂ijΓ(x−y)\partial_{ij}\Gamma(x-y)∂ij​Γ(x−y) in Corollary 2.27 has an arbitrary value at the single point y=xy = xy=x.
  • "Smooth" is ContDiff ℝ ∞ (C∞C^\inftyC∞). In this Mathlib ContDiff ℝ ⊤ means analytic, and it is not used. Compact support is HasCompactSupport, and "the support of fff" is the closed support tsupport f.
  • Δ\DeltaΔ is Mathlib's InnerProductSpace.laplacian.
  • The convolution Γ∗f\Gamma * fΓ∗f is the Lebesgue integral ∫Γ(x−y)f(y) dy\int \Gamma(x-y) f(y)\,dy∫Γ(x−y)f(y)dy, with no integrability assumed of Γ\GammaΓ. Lean's Bochner integral is 000 for a non-integrable integrand, so Theorem 2.25 asserts integrability of y↦Γ(x−y)f(y)y \mapsto \Gamma(x-y)f(y)y↦Γ(x−y)f(y) for every xxx, and Corollary 2.27 asserts integrability of its integrand on the ball. Both are true and are implicit in the book's formulas; they rule out reading an identity between junk values as the theorem.
  • The Hölder seminorm is a supremum in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] over all pairs of distinct points of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, not Mathlib's HolderWith, which fixes a constant. In the goal CCC is a finite nonnegative real quantified before fff, iii and jjj. The inequality therefore also asserts that ∂iju\partial_{ij} u∂ij​u is uniformly α\alphaα-Hölder, because [f]0,α<∞[f]_{0,\alpha} < \infty[f]0,α​<∞ for f∈Cc∞f \in C_c^\inftyf∈Cc∞​. A formalization that takes CCC after fff, lets it depend on the support of fff, or includes the excluded endpoint α=1\alpha = 1α=1 is not the theorem.
  • Theorem 2.26 of the notes (the same representation over an arbitrary smooth domain, with a surface integral over ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω) is not stated, because a faithful statement needs a surface measure on general smooth boundaries. The singular-integral discussion of §2.8 is commentary and is not stated.

Useful infrastructure, all reusable beyond this mission: differentiation of Γ\GammaΓ away from the origin; integration in polar coordinates and integrals of ∣x∣−a|x|^{-a}∣x∣−a over balls and annuli; surface integrals over spheres, or the divergence theorem on balls; differentiation under the integral sign for convolutions with a locally integrable kernel. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. K. Hunter, Notes on Partial Differential Equations, UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, §2.6–2.8 and Definition 1.1. https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/pdes/pde_notes.pdf
  • L. C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, 2nd ed., Graduate Studies in Mathematics 19, AMS, 2010, §2.2. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/019
  • D. Gilbarg and N. S. Trudinger, Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order, Springer, 2001 (reprint of the 1998 ed.), Ch. 4. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61798-0
  • J. Schauder, Über lineare elliptische Differentialgleichungen zweiter Ordnung, Mathematische Zeitschrift 38 (1934), 257–282. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01170635
  • A. P. Calderón and A. Zygmund, On the existence of certain singular integrals, Acta Mathematica 88 (1952), 85–139. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02392130
36 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Notes on Partial Differential Equations I: Mean Values, Maximum Principles and Analyticity of Harmonic FunctionsTextbook

Motivation

Laplace's equation Δu=0\Delta u = 0Δu=0 is the prototype of an elliptic partial differential equation. Its solutions, the harmonic functions, describe equilibrium states in potential theory (gravitation, electrostatics, steady heat flow), are the real and imaginary parts of holomorphic functions in the plane, and are the stationary states of Brownian motion. Many qualitative properties of general elliptic equations — interior smoothing, maximum principles, Harnack-type inequalities — are first seen, and most cleanly proved, for the Laplacian.

This mission covers §2.1–2.3 of J. K. Hunter's Notes on Partial Differential Equations (UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, author's copy), which follow Evans, Partial Differential Equations, §2.2 (AMS GSM 19) and Gilbarg–Trudinger, Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order, Ch. 2 (Springer). The chain runs from the mean value property to interior derivative estimates with explicit constants and ends with the real-analyticity of harmonic functions in any dimension; the maximum principles and Liouville's theorem are consequences on the same definitions. The results are classical (Gauss, Liouville, Weyl, Harnack; nineteenth and early twentieth century) and are in every graduate PDE course.

Setting

Fix n∈Nn \in \mathbb{N}n∈N and write Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn for Euclidean space with Lebesgue measure. For x∈Rnx \in \mathbb{R}^nx∈Rn and r>0r > 0r>0, Br(x)={y:∣y−x∣<r}B_r(x) = \{y : |y - x| < r\}Br​(x)={y:∣y−x∣<r} is the open ball and ∂Br(x)={y:∣y−x∣=r}\partial B_r(x) = \{y : |y - x| = r\}∂Br​(x)={y:∣y−x∣=r} the sphere. For an open set Ω⊆Rn\Omega \subseteq \mathbb{R}^nΩ⊆Rn write Br(x)⋐ΩB_r(x) \Subset \OmegaBr​(x)⋐Ω when the closed ball B‾r(x)\overline{B}_r(x)Br​(x) is contained in Ω\OmegaΩ.

The Laplacian of a twice differentiable u:Ω→Ru : \Omega \to \mathbb{R}u:Ω→R is Δu=∑i=1n∂i2u\Delta u = \sum_{i=1}^n \partial_i^2 uΔu=∑i=1n​∂i2​u. A function u∈C2(Ω)u \in C^2(\Omega)u∈C2(Ω) is harmonic in Ω\OmegaΩ if Δu=0\Delta u = 0Δu=0 there, subharmonic if Δu≥0\Delta u \ge 0Δu≥0 and superharmonic if Δu≤0\Delta u \le 0Δu≤0 (Definition 2.4).

The averages of uuu over a ball and a sphere are

⨍Br(x)u dx=1αnrn∫Br(x)u dx,⨍∂Br(x)u dS=1nαnrn−1∫∂Br(x)u dS,⨍_{B_r(x)} u\,dx = \frac{1}{\alpha_n r^n}\int_{B_r(x)} u\,dx, \qquad ⨍_{\partial B_r(x)} u\,dS = \frac{1}{n\alpha_n r^{n-1}}\int_{\partial B_r(x)} u\,dS,⨍Br​(x)​udx=αn​rn1​∫Br​(x)​udx,⨍∂Br​(x)​udS=nαn​rn−11​∫∂Br​(x)​udS,

where αn\alpha_nαn​ is the volume of the unit ball and dSdSdS is surface measure. A continuous uuu has the mean-value property (2.3) in Ω\OmegaΩ if u(x)u(x)u(x) equals both averages whenever Br(x)⋐ΩB_r(x) \Subset \OmegaBr​(x)⋐Ω.

For a multi-index α=(α1,…,αn)∈N0n\alpha = (\alpha_1, \dots, \alpha_n) \in \mathbb{N}_0^nα=(α1​,…,αn​)∈N0n​ of order ∣α∣=α1+⋯+αn|\alpha| = \alpha_1 + \cdots + \alpha_n∣α∣=α1​+⋯+αn​, ∂αu\partial^\alpha u∂αu differentiates uuu αi\alpha_iαi​ times in the iii-th coordinate. A function is real-analytic in Ω\OmegaΩ if near every point of Ω\OmegaΩ it equals the sum of a convergent power series.

Formalization targets

Goal: analyticity (Theorem 2.10)

If u∈C2(Ω)u \in C^2(\Omega)u∈C2(Ω) is harmonic in an open set Ω⊆Rn\Omega \subseteq \mathbb{R}^nΩ⊆Rn, then uuu is real-analytic in Ω\OmegaΩ.

Milestones

  • Theorem 2.1 (mean value property): if uuu is harmonic and Br(x)⋐ΩB_r(x) \Subset \OmegaBr​(x)⋐Ω, then u(x)=⨍Br(x)u dx=⨍∂Br(x)u dSu(x) = ⨍_{B_r(x)} u\,dx = ⨍_{\partial B_r(x)} u\,dSu(x)=⨍Br​(x)​udx=⨍∂Br​(x)​udS.
  • Theorem 2.2 (converse): a continuous function with the mean-value property is C∞C^\inftyC∞ and harmonic.
  • Theorem 2.7: ∣∂iu(x)∣≤nrmax⁡B‾r(x)∣u∣|\partial_i u(x)| \le \dfrac{n}{r}\max_{\overline{B}_r(x)}|u|∣∂i​u(x)∣≤rn​maxBr​(x)​∣u∣ for harmonic uuu and Br(x)⋐ΩB_r(x) \Subset \OmegaBr​(x)⋐Ω.
  • Theorem 2.9: for ∣α∣=k≥1|\alpha| = k \ge 1∣α∣=k≥1,
∣∂αu(x)∣≤nkek−1k!rkmax⁡B‾r(x)∣u∣.|\partial^\alpha u(x)| \le \frac{n^k e^{k-1} k!}{r^k}\max_{\overline{B}_r(x)}|u|.∣∂αu(x)∣≤rknkek−1k!​Br​(x)max​∣u∣.
  • Corollary 2.8 (Liouville): a bounded harmonic function on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is constant.
  • Theorem 2.5: u(x)≤u(x) \leu(x)≤ both averages for subharmonic uuu, ≥\ge≥ for superharmonic uuu.
  • Theorem 2.13 (strong maximum principle): a subharmonic function on a connected open set that attains a global maximum is constant.
  • Theorem 2.17 (weak maximum principle): on a bounded connected open set, a harmonic u∈C2(Ω)∩C(Ω‾)u \in C^2(\Omega) \cap C(\overline{\Omega})u∈C2(Ω)∩C(Ω) satisfies max⁡Ω‾u=max⁡∂Ωu\max_{\overline{\Omega}} u = \max_{\partial\Omega} umaxΩ​u=max∂Ω​u and min⁡Ω‾u=min⁡∂Ωu\min_{\overline{\Omega}} u = \min_{\partial\Omega} uminΩ​u=min∂Ω​u.

Theorems 2.1, 2.2, 2.7 and 2.9 lie on the path to the goal; the others are further results on the same definitions.

Significance

The result. Analyticity means that a harmonic function is determined on a connected domain by its germ at one point (Corollary 2.11). It is the model case of analytic hypoellipticity for elliptic operators with analytic coefficients. The derivative estimates of Theorem 2.9, with a constant growing like k!k!k!, are the quantitative content: they are Cauchy-type estimates in several real variables and underlie compactness of families of harmonic functions and interior regularity arguments. The maximum principles give uniqueness for the Dirichlet problem (Theorem 2.18), and Liouville's theorem in Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is the classification of bounded entire harmonic functions.

Formalizing it. Mathlib defines the Laplacian and harmonicity on inner product spaces and proves that harmonic functions on C\mathbb{C}C are real parts of holomorphic functions, hence analytic; the Prove2Me corpus contains the mean value property and Liouville's theorem for functions on C\mathbb{C}C (two dimensions, circle averages). Nothing in Mathlib or on the platform covers harmonic functions on Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn for general nnn: no mean value property over balls and spheres in Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, no derivative estimates, no maximum principle, no analyticity. All statements here are proved results; the work is formalizing the known proofs.

Difficulty

The two-dimensional route through holomorphic functions does not exist for n≥3n \ge 3n≥3: there is no complex structure to borrow, so analyticity must come from the real-variable estimates of Theorem 2.9 and a remainder estimate for the multivariable Taylor expansion. Those estimates need the mean value property on balls and spheres of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, which requires surface measure on spheres, polar coordinates and the divergence theorem on a ball — tools that Mathlib has only in part. Theorem 2.9 asks for the constant nkek−1k!/rkn^k e^{k-1}k!/r^knkek−1k!/rk exactly, not merely some constant: the kkk-dependence is the whole point, since a bound that grows faster than k!k!k! times a geometric factor does not make the Taylor series converge. The converse Theorem 2.2 needs mollification. The weak maximum principle needs that the boundary of a bounded nonempty open set in Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is nonempty and that the closure is compact.

Formalization scope

  • Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with Lebesgue measure volume; an open set is Ω : Set (EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n)) with IsOpen Ω. Functions are u : EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) → ℝ of which only the values on Ω\OmegaΩ (or Ω‾\overline{\Omega}Ω) matter.
  • "u∈C2(Ω)u \in C^2(\Omega)u∈C2(Ω) harmonic in Ω\OmegaΩ" is Mathlib's InnerProductSpace.HarmonicOnNhd u Ω; Δ\DeltaΔ is Mathlib's laplacian; C∞C^\inftyC∞ is ContDiffOn ℝ ∞ (smooth, not analytic); real-analytic in Ω\OmegaΩ is AnalyticOnNhd ℝ u Ω.
  • Br(x)⋐ΩB_r(x) \Subset \OmegaBr​(x)⋐Ω is 0 < r ∧ Metric.closedBall x r ⊆ Ω, never the open ball. The ball average is Mathlib's set average over Metric.ball x r; the sphere average is defined in polar form over the unit sphere with Mathlib's surface measure volume.toSphere. The mean-value property requires both identities of (2.3).
  • Coordinates are 0-based (i : Fin n); ∂iu(x)\partial_i u(x)∂i​u(x) is the Fréchet derivative applied to the iii-th basis vector, and ∂α\partial^\alpha∂α applies these repeatedly, αi\alpha_iαi​ times in coordinate iii.
  • max⁡B‾r(x)∣u∣\max_{\overline{B}_r(x)}|u|maxBr​(x)​∣u∣ in Theorems 2.7 and 2.9 is expressed by an arbitrary bound MMM of ∣u∣|u|∣u∣ on the closed ball; since the maximum is attained, this is equivalent. In Theorem 2.17 each equality of maxima is stated as attainment of the maximum over Ω‾\overline{\Omega}Ω at a point of ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω.
  • Theorem 2.9 is stated for k=∣α∣≥1k = |\alpha| \ge 1k=∣α∣≥1: at k=0k = 0k=0 the printed bound reads ∣u(x)∣≤e−1max⁡∣u∣|u(x)| \le e^{-1}\max|u|∣u(x)∣≤e−1max∣u∣, which fails for constants. The hypothesis n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 is added where the statement mentions a sphere (Theorems 2.1, 2.5) or a boundary (Theorem 2.17), which are empty in R0\mathbb{R}^0R0.
  • A trivializing reading is excluded: the balls are closed balls of positive radius inside Ω\OmegaΩ, the averages are normalized integrals of continuous functions over sets of positive finite measure, and analyticity is required at every point of Ω\OmegaΩ rather than on one ball.

Needed infrastructure, reusable well beyond this mission: surface measure and polar coordinates on spheres of Rn\mathbb{R}^nRn, the divergence theorem on balls, mollification of continuous functions, and multivariable Taylor expansion with remainder in multi-index form. Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. K. Hunter, Notes on Partial Differential Equations, UC Davis lecture notes, revised 6/18/2014, Chapter 2. https://www.math.ucdavis.edu/~hunter/pdes/pde_notes.pdf
  • L. C. Evans, Partial Differential Equations, 2nd ed., AMS Graduate Studies in Mathematics 19, 2010, §2.2. https://doi.org/10.1090/gsm/019
  • D. Gilbarg and N. S. Trudinger, Elliptic Partial Differential Equations of Second Order, Springer Classics in Mathematics, 2001, Chapter 2. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-642-61798-0
  • Q. Han and F. Lin, Elliptic Partial Differential Equations, 2nd ed., Courant Lecture Notes 1, AMS, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1090/cln/001
40 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

The Mathematics of Water I: Poiseuille's LawTextbook

Motivation

How much fluid does a pipe carry for a given pressure drop? For slow, viscous flow the answer is Poiseuille's law, Q=πΔp d4/(128ηL)Q=\pi\Delta p\,d^4/(128\eta L)Q=πΔpd4/(128ηL). It is the standard first quantitative model of blood flow in vessels and appears in Lecture 15 ("The Mathematics of Water") of the Drexel biophysics course PHYS 461/561 (Fall 2011), where it is derived from the Navier–Stokes equation and then used to estimate flow speeds in capillaries. The fourth-power dependence on the diameter is what makes small changes in vessel radius matter so much physiologically.

Setting

A Newtonian fluid of viscosity η>0\eta>0η>0 flows steadily through a straight cylindrical pipe of diameter d>0d>0d>0 and length L>0L>0L>0 under a pressure drop Δp=p(0)−p(L)\Delta p=p(0)-p(L)Δp=p(0)−p(L). By cylindrical symmetry the velocity is axial, v=v(r) ez\mathbf v=v(r)\,\mathbf e_zv=v(r)ez​, where rrr is the distance to the axis. The force balance on a thin cylindrical shell (slide 14), integrated along the pipe (slide 15), gives the radial equation

1rddr(rdvdr)=−ΔpηL,0<r<d2,\frac1r\frac{d}{dr}\Big(r\frac{dv}{dr}\Big)=-\frac{\Delta p}{\eta L},\qquad 0<r<\frac d2,r1​drd​(rdrdv​)=−ηLΔp​,0<r<2d​,

with boundary conditions: vvv finite at the axis, and no slip, v(d/2)=0v(d/2)=0v(d/2)=0, at the wall. The flow rate is Q=∫0d/2v(r) 2πr drQ=\int_0^{d/2}v(r)\,2\pi r\,drQ=∫0d/2​v(r)2πrdr and the average velocity is ⟨v⟩=Q/(πd2/4)\langle v\rangle=Q/(\pi d^2/4)⟨v⟩=Q/(πd2/4).

Target

Milestones, in order:

  1. (slide 15) Every solution of the radial equation on (0,R)(0,R)(0,R) has the form v(r)=−ΔpηLr24+C1ln⁡r+C2v(r)=-\frac{\Delta p}{\eta L}\frac{r^2}{4}+C_1\ln r+C_2v(r)=−ηLΔp​4r2​+C1​lnr+C2​.
  2. (slide 16) Boundedness at the axis and no slip force v(r)=Δp4ηL(d24−r2)v(r)=\frac{\Delta p}{4\eta L}\big(\frac{d^2}{4}-r^2\big)v(r)=4ηLΔp​(4d2​−r2) on (0,d/2](0,d/2](0,d/2].
  3. (slide 16) For this profile, Q=πΔp d4128ηLQ=\frac{\pi\Delta p\,d^4}{128\eta L}Q=128ηLπΔpd4​.
  4. (slides 16–17) For this profile, ⟨v⟩=Δp d232ηL\langle v\rangle=\frac{\Delta p\,d^2}{32\eta L}⟨v⟩=32ηLΔpd2​.

Goal (Poiseuille's law): for every pipe flow vvv as above,

Q=∫0d/2v(r) 2πr dr=π Δp d4128 ηL.Q=\int_0^{d/2}v(r)\,2\pi r\,dr=\frac{\pi\,\Delta p\,d^4}{128\,\eta L}.Q=∫0d/2​v(r)2πrdr=128ηLπΔpd4​.

Significance

The result is classical and completely known; the value of the mission is a clean, machine-checked version of the full chain from the radial ODE and its boundary conditions to the flow-rate formula, rather than just the final integral. The ODE-uniqueness step (milestones 1–2), which uses boundedness at the axis to exclude the logarithmic solution, is the part lecture notes usually wave through.

Difficulty

Milestones 3 and 4 are calculus exercises. The real work is milestones 1–2: turning "integrate twice" into a rigorous statement on an open interval (a function with zero derivative on an interval is constant), and then showing that boundedness near r=0r=0r=0 forces C1=0C_1=0C1​=0 (because ln⁡r→−∞\ln r\to-\inftylnr→−∞) and that continuity plus no-slip at the wall fixes C2C_2C2​.

Formalization scope

All quantities are real. The ODE is imposed pointwise on the open interval (0,d/2)(0,d/2)(0,d/2) with explicit differentiability; "v(r=0)<∞v(r=0)<\inftyv(r=0)<∞" is encoded as boundedness of vvv on (0,d/2)(0,d/2)(0,d/2), and the wall condition as v(d/2)=0v(d/2)=0v(d/2)=0 plus continuity from inside. η,L,d\eta,L,dη,L,d are assumed positive in every theorem; Δp\Delta pΔp is an arbitrary real. The pressure field itself is not modelled: the statements start from the integrated radial equation of slide 15. Two typos on the slides are corrected: slide 15 writes the homogeneous term as C1/r2C_1/r^2C1​/r2 (correct: C1ln⁡rC_1\ln rC1​lnr), and slide 16 prints ⟨v⟩=Δp d4/(128ηL)\langle v\rangle=\Delta p\,d^4/(128\eta L)⟨v⟩=Δpd4/(128ηL) (correct, as used on slide 17: Δp d2/(32ηL)\Delta p\,d^2/(32\eta L)Δpd2/(32ηL)). All definitions are in the single definition file MathematicsOfWater_PipeFlow; all declarations use the namespace MathematicsOfWater.

Selected references

  • B. Urbanc (lecture given by L. Cruz), Lecture 15: The Mathematics of Water, PHYS 461 & 561 Biophysics, Drexel University, Fall 2011, slides 13–17. www.physics.drexel.edu/~brigita/COURSES/BIOPHYS_2011-2012/
  • L. D. Landau and E. M. Lifshitz, Fluid Mechanics, 2nd ed., Pergamon, 1987, §17 (Poiseuille flow).
6 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
ProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: Lucas

Black–Scholes Model: Pricing Formula, PDE and GreeksTextbook

Motivation

The Black–Scholes model (Black and Scholes, 1973; Merton, 1973) is the reference model for pricing European options. Its closed-form price, the Black–Scholes formula, is quoted daily by options markets, its partial derivatives (the Greeks) are the standard risk measures that trading desks limit and hedge, and the Black–Scholes equation is the prototype of the parabolic pricing PDEs that are solved numerically when no closed form exists. Merton and Scholes received the 1997 Nobel Memorial Prize in Economic Sciences for this work.

Timeline. Bachelier (1900) first applied Brownian motion to option pricing. In the 1960s Sprenkle, Boness, Samuelson and Merton refined the theory. Black and Scholes found the risk-neutral hedging argument in 1968 and published the formula in The Pricing of Options and Corporate Liabilities (Journal of Political Economy, 1973); Merton's paper of the same year extended the mathematical framework and coined the name.

Setting

Fix a strike K>0K>0K>0, an expiry TTT, a constant risk-free rate r∈Rr\in\mathbb Rr∈R and a constant volatility σ>0\sigma>0σ>0. At time t<Tt<Tt<T the time to maturity is τ=T−t>0\tau=T-t>0τ=T−t>0 and the spot price of the (non-dividend-paying) stock is S>0S>0S>0. Let

N(x)=12π∫−∞xe−z2/2 dz,N′(x)=12πe−x2/2N(x)=\frac1{\sqrt{2\pi}}\int_{-\infty}^x e^{-z^2/2}\,dz,\qquad N'(x)=\frac1{\sqrt{2\pi}}e^{-x^2/2}N(x)=2π​1​∫−∞x​e−z2/2dz,N′(x)=2π​1​e−x2/2

be the standard normal distribution and density functions, and set

d+=1στ[ln⁡SK+(r+σ22)τ],d−=d+−στ.d_+=\frac{1}{\sigma\sqrt{\tau}}\Big[\ln\frac SK+\Big(r+\frac{\sigma^2}2\Big)\tau\Big],\qquad d_-=d_+-\sigma\sqrt\tau .d+​=στ​1​[lnKS​+(r+2σ2​)τ],d−​=d+​−στ​.

The Black–Scholes call and put prices are

C(S,t)=N(d+)S−N(d−)Ke−rτ,P(S,t)=N(−d−)Ke−rτ−N(−d+)S.C(S,t)=N(d_+)S-N(d_-)Ke^{-r\tau},\qquad P(S,t)=N(-d_-)Ke^{-r\tau}-N(-d_+)S .C(S,t)=N(d+​)S−N(d−​)Ke−rτ,P(S,t)=N(−d−​)Ke−rτ−N(−d+​)S.

In the alternative (Black '76) parametrisation one uses the discount factor D=e−rτD=e^{-r\tau}D=e−rτ and the forward price F=erτSF=e^{r\tau}SF=erτS, with d±=1στ[ln⁡FK±12σ2τ]d_\pm=\frac1{\sigma\sqrt\tau}\big[\ln\frac FK\pm\frac12\sigma^2\tau\big]d±​=στ​1​[lnKF​±21​σ2τ], and C=D[N(d+)F−N(d−)K]C=D[N(d_+)F-N(d_-)K]C=D[N(d+​)F−N(d−​)K]. Under the risk-neutral measure the terminal price is ST=Sexp⁡((r−12σ2)τ+στ Z)S_T=S\exp\big((r-\tfrac12\sigma^2)\tau+\sigma\sqrt\tau\,Z\big)ST​=Sexp((r−21​σ2)τ+στ​Z) with ZZZ standard normal.

Formalization targets

Goal: the formula solves the Black–Scholes equation

On the domain {S>0, t<T}\{S>0,\ t<T\}{S>0, t<T} the call price CCC is C∞C^\inftyC∞ and satisfies

∂C∂t+12σ2S2∂2C∂S2+rS∂C∂S−rC=0,\frac{\partial C}{\partial t}+\frac12\sigma^2S^2\frac{\partial^2C}{\partial S^2}+rS\frac{\partial C}{\partial S}-rC=0,∂t∂C​+21​σ2S2∂S2∂2C​+rS∂S∂C​−rC=0,

together with the boundary and terminal conditions C(S,t)→0C(S,t)\to0C(S,t)→0 as S→0+S\to0^+S→0+, C(S,t)−(S−Ke−r(T−t))→0C(S,t)-(S-Ke^{-r(T-t)})\to0C(S,t)−(S−Ke−r(T−t))→0 as S→∞S\to\inftyS→∞, and C(S,t)→max⁡{S−K,0}C(S,t)\to\max\{S-K,0\}C(S,t)→max{S−K,0} as t→T−t\to T^-t→T−.

Milestones

  1. The density N′N'N′ is the derivative of NNN.
  2. The alternative (forward) formulation of the call and put prices.
  3. Put–call parity, P=Ke−rτ−S+CP=Ke^{-r\tau}-S+CP=Ke−rτ−S+C, and its forward form C−P=D(F−K)C-P=D(F-K)C−P=D(F−K).
  4. The Greeks table: Delta, Gamma, Vega, Theta and Rho for calls and puts.
  5. Risk-neutral pricing: C=e−rτ E[max⁡(ST−K,0)]C=e^{-r\tau}\,\mathbb E[\max(S_T-K,0)]C=e−rτE[max(ST​−K,0)].
  6. Binary options: cash-or-nothing values e−rτN(±d−)e^{-r\tau}N(\pm d_-)e−rτN(±d−​) and asset-or-nothing values SN(±d+)SN(\pm d_+)SN(±d+​).

Significance

The result. The goal is the statement that ties the model's two faces together: the closed-form price is a classical solution of the pricing PDE with the payoff as terminal datum. The Greeks are what hedging strategies are built from (delta hedging is the core of the model's replication argument), put–call parity is the basic no-arbitrage relation, and the risk-neutral and binary-option identities are the probabilistic reading of the two terms in the formula.

Formalizing it. All results here are classical and proved in textbooks (e.g. Hull, Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives). The work is formalization: building a reusable, machine-checked library for the normal distribution function, the Black–Scholes price and its sensitivities, and Gaussian expectations of log-normal payoffs, on top of Mathlib's real analysis and its Gaussian measure gaussianReal.

Difficulty

Each identity is elementary on paper, but the calculus is long: every Greek requires differentiating N∘d±N\circ d_\pmN∘d±​ through a logarithm, a square root and a quotient, and the simplifications rest on the identity SN′(d+)=Ke−rτN′(d−)SN'(d_+)=Ke^{-r\tau}N'(d_-)SN′(d+​)=Ke−rτN′(d−​). The limits in the goal need Gaussian tail estimates (e.g. SN(−d+)→0SN(-d_+)\to0SN(−d+​)→0 as S→∞S\to\inftyS→∞, where SSS grows while N(−d+)N(-d_+)N(−d+​) decays). The risk-neutral identities require computing Gaussian integrals over half-lines with an exponential weight, i.e. a change of variables shifting the mean of the normal distribution.

Formalization scope

All objects are real-valued and deterministic: NNN is defined by the integral formula above (a Lebesgue integral over (−∞,x](-\infty,x](−∞,x]), N′N'N′ by its closed form, and prices by the formulas, as functions of (S,t)(S,t)(S,t) with parameters (K,r,σ,T)(K,r,\sigma,T)(K,r,σ,T). Partial derivatives are stated with HasDerivAt (genuine differentiability plus the value), except in the goal's PDE, where deriv is used together with an explicit C∞C^\inftyC∞ clause on the open domain. Each theorem carries the standing assumptions K>0K>0K>0, σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, S>0S>0S>0, t<Tt<Tt<T where they are needed; the parity identities hold without them and are stated unconditionally. At S=0S=0S=0 and t=Tt=Tt=T the formula is undefined in the source, so the boundary and terminal conditions are stated as one-sided limits rather than values. Risk-neutral expectations are integrals against the standard Gaussian gaussianReal 0 1 of an explicit log-normal terminal price; no stochastic calculus (Itô integrals, SDEs, Girsanov, Feynman–Kac) is required or formalized. The dividend-paying extensions, American options and the perpetual put are out of scope; binary options are formalized for the non-dividend case q=0q=0q=0.

Contributions of reusable lemmas (derivative of NNN, symmetry N(x)+N(−x)=1N(x)+N(-x)=1N(x)+N(−x)=1, limits of NNN at ±∞\pm\infty±∞, Gaussian half-line integrals) are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Black, M. Scholes, The Pricing of Options and Corporate Liabilities, Journal of Political Economy 81(3), 1973. https://doi.org/10.1086/260062
  • R. C. Merton, Theory of Rational Option Pricing, Bell Journal of Economics and Management Science 4(1), 1973. https://doi.org/10.2307/3003143
  • J. C. Hull, Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives, Pearson.
  • Wikipedia, Black–Scholes model. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Black%E2%80%93Scholes_model
42 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

Fick's Laws of Diffusion: Fundamental Solution and Classical SolutionsTextbook

Motivation

Fick's laws of diffusion, posited by Adolf Fick in 1855, are the basic constitutive and evolution laws for the transport of mass by diffusion. The first law states that the diffusive flux is proportional to minus the concentration gradient, J=−D ∂xφJ=-D\,\partial_x\varphiJ=−D∂x​φ; the second law is the resulting evolution equation for the concentration,

∂φ∂t=D ∂2φ∂x2.\frac{\partial\varphi}{\partial t}=D\,\frac{\partial^2\varphi}{\partial x^2}.∂t∂φ​=D∂x2∂2φ​.

They are the standard model for diffusion in solids, liquids and gases (in the absence of bulk flow), and are used to model transport in foods, neurons, biopolymers, pharmaceuticals, porous soils, nuclear materials and semiconductor doping. Mathematically, the second law is the heat equation with the thermal diffusivity replaced by the diffusion coefficient D>0D>0D>0.

This mission formalizes the mathematical content of the Wikipedia article Fick's laws of diffusion: the derivation of the second law from the first, the steady state, the fundamental solution, the error-function solutions for a constant source, and the mean-squared-displacement law.

Setting

A concentration is a real function φ(x,t)\varphi(x,t)φ(x,t) of position xxx and time ttt; a flux is a real function J(x,t)J(x,t)J(x,t). The diffusion coefficient is a constant D>0D>0D>0. For t>0t>0t>0 the diffusion kernel is

φD(x,t)=14πDtexp⁡(−x24Dt),\varphi_D(x,t)=\frac{1}{\sqrt{4\pi Dt}}\exp\Big(-\frac{x^2}{4Dt}\Big),φD​(x,t)=4πDt​1​exp(−4Dtx2​),

and in nnn space dimensions

φD(n)(x,t)=(4πDt)−n/2exp⁡(−∥x∥24Dt),x∈Rn.\varphi^{(n)}_D(x,t)=(4\pi Dt)^{-n/2}\exp\Big(-\frac{\|x\|^2}{4Dt}\Big),\qquad x\in\mathbb R^n.φD(n)​(x,t)=(4πDt)−n/2exp(−4Dt∥x∥2​),x∈Rn.

The complementary error function is erfc⁡(u)=2π∫u∞e−s2 ds\operatorname{erfc}(u)=\frac{2}{\sqrt\pi}\int_u^\infty e^{-s^2}\,dserfc(u)=π​2​∫u∞​e−s2ds.

Formalization targets

Goal: the fundamental solution

For D>0D>0D>0, φD\varphi_DφD​ solves ∂tφ=D∂x2φ\partial_t\varphi=D\partial_x^2\varphi∂t​φ=D∂x2​φ for t>0t>0t>0, has ∫RφD(x,t) dx=1\int_{\mathbb R}\varphi_D(x,t)\,dx=1∫R​φD​(x,t)dx=1 for every t>0t>0t>0, and satisfies

lim⁡t→0+∫RφD(x−y,t)f(y) dy=f(x)\lim_{t\to0^+}\int_{\mathbb R}\varphi_D(x-y,t)f(y)\,dy=f(x)t→0+lim​∫R​φD​(x−y,t)f(y)dy=f(x)

for every bounded continuous fff and every xxx.

Milestones

  1. Fick's second law follows from Fick's first law and mass conservation ∂tφ+∂xJ=0\partial_t\varphi+\partial_xJ=0∂t​φ+∂x​J=0 (constant DDD).
  2. A C2C^2C2 steady state in one dimension is linear: c(x)=ax+bc(x)=ax+bc(x)=ax+b.
  3. The three components of the goal, separately (PDE, unit mass, initial point source).
  4. n(x,t)=n0erfc⁡(x/(2Dt))n(x,t)=n_0\operatorname{erfc}\big(x/(2\sqrt{Dt})\big)n(x,t)=n0​erfc(x/(2Dt​)) solves the second law with n(0,t)=n0n(0,t)=n_0n(0,t)=n0​ and n(x,0+)=0n(x,0^+)=0n(x,0+)=0 for x>0x>0x>0.
  5. n(x,t)=n02erfc⁡(x/(2Dt))n(x,t)=\frac{n_0}{2}\operatorname{erfc}\big(x/(2\sqrt{Dt})\big)n(x,t)=2n0​​erfc(x/(2Dt​)) solves the second law with initial profile n0n_0n0​ on x<0x<0x<0 and 000 on x>0x>0x>0.
  6. Mean squared displacement in Rn\mathbb R^nRn: ∫∥x∥2φD(n)(x,t) dx=2nDt\int\|x\|^2\varphi^{(n)}_D(x,t)\,dx=2nDt∫∥x∥2φD(n)​(x,t)dx=2nDt.

Significance

The fundamental solution is what makes the second law usable: the solution of the one-dimensional diffusion problem with bounded continuous initial data is the convolution of the data with φD\varphi_DφD​, and the erfc profiles and diffusion length 2Dt2\sqrt{Dt}2Dt​ quoted throughout applications are derived from it. The mean-squared-displacement law 2nDt2nDt2nDt connects the macroscopic diffusion coefficient to the microscopic Brownian motion of particles.

All statements are classical and proved in the literature; the task here is to formalize them. Mathlib provides the Gaussian integral but has no error function and no development of the one-dimensional diffusion equation, so the mission also produces reusable infrastructure (erfc and its derivative and limits, Gaussian moments in Rn\mathbb R^nRn, the approximate-identity property).

Difficulty

The individual computations are routine on paper; the formal difficulty lies in rigor that the article leaves implicit: differentiating the kernel in both variables only on t>0t>0t>0, justifying limits of parameter-dependent integrals as t→0+t\to0^+t→0+ (dominated convergence for the point-source property), computing the second moment of an nnn-dimensional Gaussian on Euclidean space, and building erfc from scratch, including its derivative −2πe−u2-\frac{2}{\sqrt\pi}e^{-u^2}−π​2​e−u2 and its limits at ±∞\pm\infty±∞.

Formalization scope

All objects are real-valued; derivatives are Mathlib's deriv (which is 000 at non-differentiable points), integrals are Lebesgue integrals, and limits as t→0+t\to0^+t→0+ use the right-neighbourhood filter. Every statement about the kernel or erfc profiles assumes D>0D>0D>0 and evaluates the PDE only at t>0t>0t>0, so junk values of square root and division never matter. The steady-state milestone assumes C2C^2C2 regularity, without which deriv would admit non-smooth "solutions" such as ∣x∣|x|∣x∣. Rn\mathbb R^nRn is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n). Physical parts of the article (Stokes–Einstein relation, Maxwell–Stefan, sorption kinetics, approximations) are out of scope.

Selected references

  • Wikipedia contributors, Fick's laws of diffusion. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fick%27s_laws_of_diffusion
  • A. Fick, Ueber Diffusion, Annalen der Physik 170 (1855) 59–86. https://doi.org/10.1002/andp.18551700105
  • J. Crank, The Mathematics of Diffusion, 2nd ed., Oxford University Press, 1975.
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Theory of Computation·Captain: marwahaha

Computation under Rapidly Vanishing Navier–Stokes ForcingOpen Problem

Motivation

A force whose derivatives decay rapidly can still encode a computation in a particle trajectory. The selected construction makes the observer condition and effectiveness requirements precise. The pinned manuscript supplies the research context.

Setting

For each finite deterministic machine and valid input, compilers produce smooth force and velocity fields on nonnegative time and real three-space, with common compact spatial support.

Formalization target

The selected goal is OAI.AlternatingNS.alternating. Its central assertion is

∃t≥0: X1(t)>0⟺M halts on w.\exists t\geq0:\ X_1(t)>0\quad\Longleftrightarrow\quad M\text{ halts on }w.∃t≥0: X1​(t)>0⟺M halts on w.

The theorem states that for every positive real viscosity ν computable by rational approximations with error at most 2⁻ⁿ, there exist computable compilers for a force f and velocity U, and one compact set K⊂ℝ³, with the following property for every well-formed finite deterministic Turing machine M and valid finite input w. The compiled programs describe smooth fields f,U on [0,∞)×ℝ³, both spatially supported in K for all nonnegative times, such that every mixed space-time derivative D satisfies sup_{t≥0,x}(1+t+‖x‖)ᴶ‖Df(t,x)‖<∞ and the analogous bound for U, for every nonnegative integer J. Each program supplies rational approximations to all mixed derivatives at rational space-time points with requested error 2⁻ᵏ, effective moduli of continuity on bounded regions, and integer bounds for all these weighted derivative norms. The velocity starts from zero, is divergence-free, and solves the classical forced Navier–Stokes equation ∂ₜU+(U·∇)U=νΔU+f with identically zero pressure; specifically f=∂ₜU+(U·∇)U−νΔU. On every interval [0,T], U is continuous in H² and continuously differentiable in L², and U and its spatial derivative are uniformly bounded in space and time. Moreover, any classical solution (v,p) with the same force and zero initial velocity equals (U,0) pointwise for all nonnegative times, provided on every [0,T] it has v continuous in H², continuously differentiable in L², and uniformly bounded, and p continuous in H¹. Here these Sobolev continuity conditions mean continuous L² representatives of every spatial derivative through the indicated order; time derivatives at zero are taken within [0,∞). Every initial point a has a unique trajectory X(a,t) for t≥0 satisfying X(a,0)=a and ∂ₜX(a,t)=U(t,X(a,t)). Finally, the trajectory starting at (−1,0,0) has strictly positive first coordinate at some nonnegative time if and only if M halts on w, where encountering a missing instruction also counts as halting.

Significance and status

The goal is the alternating-coordinate construction at every positive computable viscosity. It includes Sobolev time regularity, effective bounds, zero initial velocity and the exact observer condition, rather than all three manuscript constructions. The target is currently Open on Prove2Me. The manuscript's mathematical argument and a machine-checked proof of the selected statement are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

The encoding must preserve all weighted derivative bounds and uniqueness in the stated comparison class while recording arbitrarily long computations.

Formalization scope

The exact published goal, its hypotheses and its referenced definition blocks specify the requested formalization. The explanatory formula above is a summary; all quantifiers and additional clauses in the linked statement remain required.

The available published material supplies this goal and its necessary definitions. Additional manuscript lemmas are not represented as attached milestones.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Computation under Rapidly Vanishing Navier–Stokes Forcing, preprint, 2026. Manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Selected goal source.
8 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Theory of Computation·Captain: marwahaha

Geometric Programs for Solenoidal ForcingOpen Problem

Motivation

Incompressible transport can implement prescribed geometric operations on coding sheets. The selected statement concerns one such finite transport construction with effective smooth forcing. The pinned manuscript supplies the research context.

Setting

Source and target rectangles have rational data and specified positive diagonal ratios. In the formula, D_i(y)=q_i+diag(r_i)(y−p_i), with source and target centers p_i and q_i. Space is represented periodically with period ten, and the viscosity is a positive computable real.

Formalization target

The selected goal is OAI.Solenoidal.sheet_theorem. Its central assertion is

X(1,sheet(y))=sheet(Diy)(mod(10Z)3).X(1,\mathrm{sheet}(y))=\mathrm{sheet}(D_i y)\pmod{(10\mathbb Z)^3}.X(1,sheet(y))=sheet(Di​y)(mod(10Z)3).

The theorem states that, for any natural number N, any sheet datum D of size N, and any computable real viscosity ν>0, there exist a forcing field f and a velocity field u (each a time-dependent vector field on ℝ³) and a flow map X such that the following hold. Here D consists of N source rectangles and N target rectangles with rational corners, all inside the square [2,3]², with the sources pairwise separated by a positive distance and likewise the targets, together with positive rational ratios in each of two coordinates such that the diagonal affine map from source i to target i, which sends the source center to the target center and scales offsets by the ratios, maps the source rectangle exactly onto the target rectangle. Both f and u are periodic in space with period 10 in every coordinate and are C^∞ in space and time jointly. The forcing f is effective, meaning that all its mixed space-time partial derivatives can be approximated to any rational accuracy by a single fixed partial recursive procedure from computable names of the evaluation point. Moreover f has zero mean over the fundamental cell [0,10)³ at every time, is divergence free, and is 1-periodic in time. The field u is a classical solution on t≥0 of the forced Navier–Stokes equations ∂ₜu + (u·∇)u = −∇p + ν Δu + f with zero pressure, zero initial data, incompressibility and spatial periodicity, so u is a solution driven by f without pressure. Any classical solution v with pressure p for the same f and ν and with zero initial velocity coincides with u, and has p identically zero, for all t≥0. The flow map X satisfies X(0,a)=a and solves the particle-path equation dX/dt=u(t,X) for t≥0, and for each i and each point y of the i-th source rectangle, the time-1 flow image of the sheet point (y₀,y₁,2) agrees modulo the torus ℝ³/(10ℤ)³ with the sheet point at the diagonal-map image of y. Further, u vanishes in a neighborhood of every integer time, the advection term (u·∇)u vanishes everywhere, and both f and u have all their mixed space-time derivatives uniformly bounded by rational bounds computable from the derivative multi-index by a fixed partial recursive procedure. Finally, if N=0 then f and u are identically zero.

Significance and status

The target is the sheet theorem, including its encoded uniqueness statement and zero-advection conditions. Machine-halting detection is not a conclusion of this published goal. The target is currently Open on Prove2Me. The manuscript's mathematical argument and a machine-checked proof of the selected statement are separate deliverables.

Difficulty

The construction must simultaneously enforce smoothness, incompressibility, temporal periodicity, effective bounds and exact transport on every point of each sheet rectangle.

Formalization scope

The exact published goal, its hypotheses and its referenced definition blocks specify the requested formalization. The explanatory formula above is a summary; all quantifiers and additional clauses in the linked statement remain required.

The available published material supplies this goal and its necessary definitions. Additional manuscript lemmas are not represented as attached milestones.

Selected references

  • OpenAI, Geometric Programs for Solenoidal Forcing, preprint, 2026. Manuscript.
  • OpenAI, accompanying formal statements, commit adc7f1241b42. Selected goal source.
46 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Analysis·Captain: wurtle

The Subcritical Hénon–Lane–Emden ConjectureResearch Paper

Motivation: Liouville theorems for Lane–Emden systems

Liouville theorems say that certain nonlinear elliptic equations have no positive solutions on the whole space. Beyond their own interest, they are the key input in blow-up and rescaling arguments that give a priori bounds, existence results and singularity estimates for equations on bounded domains (Gidas–Spruck 1981; Polačik–Quittner–Souplet 2007). For the scalar equation −Δu=up-\Delta u=u^p−Δu=up, Gidas and Spruck proved nonexistence in the whole subcritical range. For the coupled Lane–Emden system −Δu=vp-\Delta u=v^p−Δu=vp, −Δv=uq-\Delta v=u^q−Δv=uq, the corresponding statement — no positive solutions below the critical hyperbola 1p+1+1q+1=n−2n\frac1{p+1}+\frac1{q+1}=\frac{n-2}{n}p+11​+q+11​=nn−2​ — is the Lane–Emden conjecture; before the source, it had been proved only in dimensions n≤4n\le4n≤4 and in partial ranges. The weighted Hénon–Lane–Emden version, with factors ∣x∣A|x|^A∣x∣A and ∣x∣B|x|^B∣x∣B, asks the same question for the weighted hyperbola.

Timeline

  • 1981 — Gidas and Spruck: scalar subcritical Liouville theorem and the blow-up method for a priori bounds (CPAM 1981; CPDE 1981).
  • 1993, 1996 — Mitidieri: a Rellich-type identity for systems and early nonexistence regions (CPDE 1993; DIE 1996).
  • 1996 — Serrin and Zou: the unweighted conjecture for n=3n=3n=3 under a growth condition (DIE 1996).
  • 2007 — Polačik, Quittner and Souplet remove the growth condition for n=3n=3n=3 (Duke 2007).
  • 2009 — Souplet proves the Lane–Emden conjecture for n=4n=4n=4 (Adv. Math. 2009); Chen and Li use integral systems and moving planes under integrability hypotheses (DCDS 2009).
  • 2010 — Bidaut-Véron and Giacomini identify the critical weighted hyperbola in the radial theory and prove radial existence on and above it (ADE 2010).
  • 2012 — Phan formulates the weighted question for A,B>−2A,B>-2A,B>−2 (Conjecture C) and proves bounded, low-dimensional and conditional cases (ADE 2012).
  • 2014 — Fazly and Ghoussoub: bounded and stable cases for nonnegative weights (DCDS 2014).
  • 2019 — Li and Zhang prove the Hénon–Lane–Emden conjecture in R3\mathbb R^3R3 (JDE 2019); Cheng and Huang give an energy-estimate criterion for the unweighted conjecture (DCDS 2019).
  • 2022 — H. Li: restricted exponent ranges in dimensions four and five (Adv. Nonlinear Stud. 2022).
  • 2025–2026 — K. Li, M. Li and Wei: a new unweighted region for p,q≥1p,q\ge1p,q≥1 when n≥5n\ge5n≥5 (preprint, 2025). Huang and Zou state the all-real-weight, origin-continuous assertion as Conjecture B (J. London Math. Soc. 2026). Xu and Luo treat radial higher-order systems (JDE 2026).
  • 2026 — An OpenAI preprint, The Subcritical Hénon–Lane–Emden Conjecture (OpenAI Math Release, September 24, 2026), claims the full subcritical nonexistence theorem for every n≥2n\ge2n≥2 and all real weights. It has not been peer reviewed, and the claim has not been formally verified.

Setting

Fix an integer n≥2n\ge2n≥2, exponents p,q>0p,q>0p,q>0 and real weights A,BA,BA,B. The Hénon–Lane–Emden system is

−Δu=∣x∣A vp,−Δv=∣x∣B uqin Rn∖{0},-\Delta u=|x|^A\,v^p,\qquad -\Delta v=|x|^B\,u^q\qquad\text{in }\mathbb R^n\setminus\{0\},−Δu=∣x∣Avp,−Δv=∣x∣Buqin Rn∖{0},

where Δ=∑i∂i2\Delta=\sum_i\partial_i^2Δ=∑i​∂i2​ is the Laplacian. A solution in the sense of the source is a pair u,v∈C2(Rn∖{0})∩C(Rn)u,v\in C^2(\mathbb R^n\setminus\{0\})\cap C(\mathbb R^n)u,v∈C2(Rn∖{0})∩C(Rn) with u(x)>0u(x)>0u(x)>0 and v(x)>0v(x)>0v(x)>0 for every x∈Rnx\in\mathbb R^nx∈Rn, including the origin, satisfying both equations at every x≠0x\neq0x=0. The exponents are subcritical if

n+Ap+1+n+Bq+1>n−2.\frac{n+A}{p+1}+\frac{n+B}{q+1}>n-2 .p+1n+A​+q+1n+B​>n−2.

In Lean, Space n = EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n), IsSolution n p q A B u v packages continuity, ContDiffOn ℝ 2 off the origin, strict positivity everywhere and the two equations with Mathlib's Laplacian and real powers, and Subcritical is the displayed inequality.

Formalization targets

Goal: subcritical nonexistence (Theorem 1.1)

n≥2, p,q>0, A,B∈R, n+Ap+1+n+Bq+1>n−2 ⟹ ∄ (u,v) solving the system as above.n\ge2,\ p,q>0,\ A,B\in\mathbb R,\ \frac{n+A}{p+1}+\frac{n+B}{q+1}>n-2\ \Longrightarrow\ \nexists\,(u,v)\ \text{solving the system as above}.n≥2, p,q>0, A,B∈R, p+1n+A​+q+1n+B​>n−2 ⟹ ∄(u,v) solving the system as above.

This is exactly Theorem 1.1 of the source. Taking A=B=0A=B=0A=B=0 gives the unweighted Lane–Emden conjecture (Corollary 1.2) for n≥3n\ge3n≥3. The goal is published on the platform with status Open: no machine-checked proof exists yet.

Significance

The result itself. If the source's proof is correct, the theorem gives a positive answer to Huang and Zou's Conjecture B and, with A=B=0A=B=0A=B=0, to the Lane–Emden conjecture in every dimension. It needs no radial symmetry, boundedness, integrability, finite energy, stability or growth condition at infinity. Combined with the radial existence theorem of Bidaut-Véron and Giacomini, it also settles Phan's Conjecture C for n≥3n\ge3n≥3 and A,B>−2A,B>-2A,B>−2, including existence on the critical hyperbola (Corollary 6.2). Through the blow-up method, Liouville theorems of this type give a priori bounds and singularity and decay estimates for Lane–Emden-type systems on bounded domains.

Formalizing it. The statement is elementary: classical derivatives, the Euclidean Laplacian and real powers. The proof uses potential estimates, a localized virial (Rellich–Pohozaev type) identity, a geometric interval inequality and a dilation argument. All of these are within reach of Mathlib's analysis library, which makes the theorem a realistic test of large-scale PDE formalization.

Difficulty

The weighted statement does not follow from the unweighted one at the same exponents. For example, n=5n=5n=5, p=q=4p=q=4p=q=4, A=B=3A=B=3A=B=3 is weighted-subcritical, while 1p+1+1q+1=25<35\frac1{p+1}+\frac1{q+1}=\frac25<\frac35p+11​+q+11​=52​<53​ is unweighted-supercritical. Weighted subcriticality also does not give the unweighted input in Phan's transfer argument. Translations do not preserve the weighted equation, so moving-plane and translation-based compactness arguments are unavailable. The level sets {∣x∣Buq>t}\{|x|^Bu^q>t\}{∣x∣Buq>t} have endpoint values that vary with ∣x∣|x|∣x∣, which breaks the unweighted interval comparison. Finally, since no energy, decay or stability bound is assumed, the localized energy has to be bounded from the subcritical gap alone.

Formalization scope

  • The domain is EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin n) with n≥2n\ge2n≥2, and p,q,A,Bp,q,A,Bp,q,A,B are real with p,q>0p,q>0p,q>0. Weights are Real.rpow ‖x‖ A, used only at x≠0x\neq0x=0, so the junk value of rpow at 000 never enters. The nonlinearities Real.rpow (v x) p are evaluated at strictly positive arguments.
  • Regularity is Continuous on all of Rn\mathbb R^nRn and ContDiffOn ℝ 2 on {0}c\{0\}^c{0}c. Positivity is required at every point, including the origin, as in the source; differentiability at the origin is not assumed.
  • The conclusion is the nonexistence of any such pair. Every hypothesis is satisfiable (supercritical solutions exist), so the statement is not trivialized.
  • Infrastructure needed: Newtonian potentials and distributional extension across a point, Rellich–Pohozaev identities, polar integration and dilation arguments. These pieces would serve other Liouville-type theorems.

Selected references

  • B. Gidas and J. Spruck, Global and local behavior of positive solutions of nonlinear elliptic equations, Comm. Pure Appl. Math. 34 (1981), 525–598. https://doi.org/10.1002/cpa.3160340406
  • B. Gidas and J. Spruck, A priori bounds for positive solutions of nonlinear elliptic equations, Comm. PDE 6 (1981), 883–901. https://doi.org/10.1080/03605308108820196
  • E. Mitidieri, A Rellich type identity and applications, Comm. PDE 18 (1993), 125–151. https://doi.org/10.1080/03605309308820923
  • E. Mitidieri, Nonexistence of positive solutions of semilinear elliptic systems in RN\mathbb R^NRN, Differential Integral Equations 9 (1996), 465–479. https://doi.org/10.57262/die/1367969966
  • J. Serrin and H. Zou, Non-existence of positive solutions of Lane–Emden systems, Differential Integral Equations 9 (1996), 635–653. https://doi.org/10.57262/die/1367969879
  • P. Polačik, P. Quittner and P. Souplet, Duke Math. J. 139 (2007), 555–579. https://doi.org/10.1215/S0012-7094-07-13935-8
  • P. Souplet, The proof of the Lane–Emden conjecture in four space dimensions, Adv. Math. 221 (2009), 1409–1427. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aim.2009.02.014
  • W. Chen and C. Li, An integral system and the Lane–Emden conjecture, Discrete Contin. Dyn. Syst. 24 (2009), 1167–1184. https://doi.org/10.3934/dcds.2009.24.1167
  • M.-F. Bidaut-Véron and H. Giacomini, A new dynamical approach of Emden–Fowler equations and systems, Adv. Differential Equations 15 (2010), 1033–1082. https://doi.org/10.57262/ade/1355854434
  • Q. H. Phan, Adv. Differential Equations 17 (2012), 605–634. https://doi.org/10.57262/ade/1355702970
  • M. Fazly and N. Ghoussoub, On the Hénon–Lane–Emden conjecture, Discrete Contin. Dyn. Syst. 34 (2014), 2513–2533. https://doi.org/10.3934/dcds.2014.34.2513
  • K. Li and Z. Zhang, Proof of the Hénon–Lane–Emden conjecture in R3\mathbb R^3R3, J. Differential Equations 266 (2019), 202–226. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jde.2018.07.036
  • Z. Cheng and G. Huang, A Liouville theorem for the subcritical Lane–Emden system, Discrete Contin. Dyn. Syst. 39 (2019), 1359–1377. https://doi.org/10.3934/dcds.2019058
  • H. Li, Adv. Nonlinear Stud. 22 (2022), 517–533. https://doi.org/10.1515/ans-2022-0027
  • L.-H. Huang and W. Zou, J. London Math. Soc. 113 (2026), e70412. https://doi.org/10.1112/jlms.70412
  • Y. Xu and H. Luo, Liouville type theorems for higher order elliptic systems, J. Differential Equations 453 (2026), 113823. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jde.2025.113823
  • OpenAI, The Subcritical Hénon–Lane–Emden Conjecture, OpenAI Math Release preprint, September 24, 2026 (Theorem 1.1, p. 2). https://github.com/openai/math/blob/adc7f1241b42e322a6451854ab7e4b4c146bf78a/preprints/The-Subcritical-Henon-Lane-Emden-Conjecture-September-24-2026/paper.pdf
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Mean Field Games: Numerical Methods for the Planning Problem II: Solutions of the Penalized Scheme Converge to a Solution of the Discrete Planning Scheme as ε → 0Research Paper

Motivation

Mean field games (MFG), introduced by Lasry and Lions and by Huang, Caines and Malhamé, describe Nash equilibria of very large populations of identical rational agents. The equilibrium is a coupled system: a backward Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation for the value function uuu of a representative agent and a forward Fokker–Planck equation for the density mmm of the population. In the planning problem, proposed by P.-L. Lions, both the initial density m0m_0m0​ and the final density mTm_TmT​ are prescribed, and one asks for a cost structure under which the population moves from one to the other. This is a mean field analogue of optimal transport.

Achdou, Camilli and Capuzzo-Dolcetta (hal-00465404, SIAM J. Control Optim. 2012) propose finite-difference schemes for the planning problem. Mission I of this series treats the existence of a solution of the discrete planning scheme. Since the two boundary conditions on mmm make the discrete system hard to solve directly, the paper also introduces a penalized scheme, in which the initial condition M0=m0M^0 = m_0M0=m0​ is replaced by a penalty U0=(M0−m0)/εU^0 = (M^0 - m_0)/\varepsilonU0=(M0−m0​)/ε; for each ε>0\varepsilon > 0ε>0 this is a standard discrete MFG system with a unique solution. This mission formalizes the paper's §3.2: the penalized solutions converge, as ε→0\varepsilon \to 0ε→0, to a solution of the planning scheme.

Setting

Fix integers Nh≥1N_h \ge 1Nh​≥1, NT≥1N_T \ge 1NT​≥1, a horizon T>0T > 0T>0 and a viscosity ν≥0\nu \ge 0ν≥0; put h=1/Nhh = 1/N_hh=1/Nh​ and Δt=T/NT\Delta t = T/N_TΔt=T/NT​. The grid Th2\mathbb T^2_hTh2​ consists of the points xi,jx_{i,j}xi,j​, (i,j)∈(Z/NhZ)2(i,j) \in (\mathbb Z/N_h\mathbb Z)^2(i,j)∈(Z/Nh​Z)2 (periodic indices). A grid function is a real function on Th2\mathbb T^2_hTh2​; time levels are n=0,…,NTn = 0, \dots, N_Tn=0,…,NT​.

  • (D1+U)i,j=(Ui+1,j−Ui,j)/h(D_1^+U)_{i,j} = (U_{i+1,j} - U_{i,j})/h(D1+​U)i,j​=(Ui+1,j​−Ui,j​)/h, (D2+U)i,j=(Ui,j+1−Ui,j)/h(D_2^+U)_{i,j} = (U_{i,j+1} - U_{i,j})/h(D2+​U)i,j​=(Ui,j+1​−Ui,j​)/h, and the discrete gradient is [DhU]i,j=((D1+U)i,j,(D1+U)i−1,j,(D2+U)i,j,(D2+U)i,j−1)∈R4[D_hU]_{i,j} = ((D_1^+U)_{i,j}, (D_1^+U)_{i-1,j}, (D_2^+U)_{i,j}, (D_2^+U)_{i,j-1}) \in \mathbb R^4[Dh​U]i,j​=((D1+​U)i,j​,(D1+​U)i−1,j​,(D2+​U)i,j​,(D2+​U)i,j−1​)∈R4.
  • Δh\Delta_hΔh​ is the five-point Laplacian.
  • A numerical Hamiltonian g(xi,j,q)g(x_{i,j}, q)g(xi,j​,q), q∈R4q \in \mathbb R^4q∈R4, is monotone (G1), C1C^1C1 (G3), convex (G4) and coercive (G5) in qqq.
  • Bi,j(U,M)\mathcal B_{i,j}(U, M)Bi,j​(U,M) is the discrete transport term divh(M ∇qg(⋅,[DhU]))\mathrm{div}_h\big(M\,\nabla_q g(\cdot, [D_hU])\big)divh​(M∇q​g(⋅,[Dh​U])).
  • W:R→RW : \mathbb R \to \mathbb RW:R→R is strictly convex, superlinear and C2C^2C2, with V=W′V = W'V=W′ (hypothesis (24)).
  • K={M≥0:h2∑i,jMi,j=1}\mathcal K = \{M \ge 0 : h^2\sum_{i,j} M_{i,j} = 1\}K={M≥0:h2∑i,j​Mi,j​=1} is the set of discrete probability densities, and m0,mT∈Km_0, m_T \in \mathcal Km0​,mT​∈K with m0>0m_0 > 0m0​>0.

The planning scheme (18) asks for families (Un,Mn)(U^n, M^n)(Un,Mn) with, for n<NTn < N_Tn<NT​,

Un+1−UnΔt−νΔhUn+1+g(x,[DhUn+1])=V(Mn),Mn+1−MnΔt+νΔhMn+B(Un+1,Mn)=0,\frac{U^{n+1} - U^n}{\Delta t} - \nu\Delta_hU^{n+1} + g(x, [D_hU^{n+1}]) = V(M^n), \qquad \frac{M^{n+1} - M^n}{\Delta t} + \nu\Delta_hM^n + \mathcal B(U^{n+1}, M^n) = 0,ΔtUn+1−Un​−νΔh​Un+1+g(x,[Dh​Un+1])=V(Mn),ΔtMn+1−Mn​+νΔh​Mn+B(Un+1,Mn)=0,

Mn∈KM^n \in \mathcal KMn∈K, M0=m0M^0 = m_0M0=m0​ and MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​. The penalized scheme (20)–(23) has the same two equations, Mn∈KM^n \in \mathcal KMn∈K for n<NTn < N_Tn<NT​, MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​, and U0=(M0−m0)/εU^0 = (M^0 - m_0)/\varepsilonU0=(M0−m0​)/ε in place of M0=m0M^0 = m_0M0=m0​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4

Under the hypotheses of Theorem 1, for every sequence εk↓0\varepsilon_k \downarrow 0εk​↓0, every choice of penalized solutions (Uεk,Mεk)(U^{\varepsilon_k}, M^{\varepsilon_k})(Uεk​,Mεk​), and every limit Mεk→MM^{\varepsilon_k} \to MMεk​→M in KNT+1\mathcal K^{N_T+1}KNT​+1,

∃ U, a subsequence with Uεk→U,(U,M) solves (43)–(46).\exists\, U,\ \text{a subsequence with } U^{\varepsilon_k} \to U, \quad (U, M) \text{ solves (43)–(46)}.∃U, a subsequence with Uεk​→U,(U,M) solves (43)–(46).

If ggg is strictly convex, the whole sequence (Uεk,Mεk)(U^{\varepsilon_k}, M^{\varepsilon_k})(Uεk​,Mεk​) converges to the unique solution of (43)–(46) with ∑i,jUi,j0=0\sum_{i,j} U^0_{i,j} = 0∑i,j​Ui,j0​=0.

Milestones

  1. (13): (G5) implies max⁡i,jg(xi,j,[DhU]i,j)/∥[DhU]∥∞→+∞\max_{i,j} g(x_{i,j}, [D_hU]_{i,j}) / \|[D_hU]\|_\infty \to +\inftymaxi,j​g(xi,j​,[Dh​U]i,j​)/∥[Dh​U]∥∞​→+∞.
  2. Theorem 2: the penalized control problem (50), min⁡Θ∗(M,Z)+12εΔt∑(M0−m0)2\min \Theta^*(M,Z) + \frac{1}{2\varepsilon\Delta t}\sum(M^0 - m_0)^2minΘ∗(M,Z)+2εΔt1​∑(M0−m0​)2 under the discrete Fokker–Planck constraint, has a minimizer whose optimality system is (20)–(23).
  3. Proposition 2: max⁡i,j∣Mi,jε,0−(m0)i,j∣≤Cε1/2\max_{i,j}|M^{\varepsilon,0}_{i,j} - (m_0)_{i,j}| \le C\varepsilon^{1/2}maxi,j​∣Mi,jε,0​−(m0​)i,j​∣≤Cε1/2.
  4. Proposition 3: max⁡n,i,j∣Ui,jε,n∣≤C\max_{n,i,j}|U^{\varepsilon,n}_{i,j}| \le Cmaxn,i,j​∣Ui,jε,n​∣≤C.
  5. Corollary 1: max⁡i,j∣Mi,jε,0−(m0)i,j∣≤Cε\max_{i,j}|M^{\varepsilon,0}_{i,j} - (m_0)_{i,j}| \le C\varepsilonmaxi,j​∣Mi,jε,0​−(m0​)i,j​∣≤Cε.
  6. Proposition 1: uniqueness of MMM for (18), and of UUU normalized by ∑U0=0\sum U^0 = 0∑U0=0 when ggg is strictly convex.

In 3–5 the constant CCC depends on hhh, Δt\Delta tΔt and the data, never on ε\varepsilonε.

Significance

Proposition 4 justifies the penalized scheme as a way to compute solutions of the discrete planning problem. The penalized system has a standard initial–terminal structure that Newton's method (the paper's §4) handles well. The planning system does not, because it prescribes two conditions on MMM and none on UUU. The estimates of Propositions 2–3 and Corollary 1 also give a rate: the initial mismatch of the penalized density is O(ε)O(\varepsilon)O(ε).

The results are proved in the paper. None of them has been machine-checked: the platform holds no formalization of mean field games, of their finite-difference schemes, or of the Lasry–Lions monotonicity argument. A complete development would yield a reusable library of the monotone finite-difference operators on the discrete torus, a formal Lasry–Lions uniqueness argument for discrete MFG systems, and a template for compactness-plus-uniqueness convergence proofs in finite dimension.

Difficulty

Compactness of the densities is free, since KNT+1\mathcal K^{N_T+1}KNT​+1 is compact. Passing to the limit in the scheme needs only continuity of ggg, ∇qg\nabla_q g∇q​g and VVV. The substance lies in the two uniform estimates.

  • Bounding UεU^\varepsilonUε uniformly in ε\varepsilonε (Proposition 3) is the central difficulty. The initial condition Uε,0=(Mε,0−m0)/εU^{\varepsilon,0} = (M^{\varepsilon,0} - m_0)/\varepsilonUε,0=(Mε,0−m0​)/ε involves division by ε\varepsilonε, so the obvious bound ∣Uε,0∣≤2/(h2ε)|U^{\varepsilon,0}| \le 2/(h^2\varepsilon)∣Uε,0∣≤2/(h2ε) blows up. The comparison principle for the discrete HJB equation, which is the natural first idea, cannot repair this: it propagates whatever bound U0U^0U0 has. The HJB equation alone does not bound UεU^\varepsilonUε; the coupling with the Fokker–Planck equation, the coercivity (13), and a lower bound on Mε,0M^{\varepsilon,0}Mε,0 that is uniform in ε\varepsilonε (which is where Proposition 2 enters) all have to be used.
  • Proposition 2 compares the penalized problem with the planning problem through the convex duality of Theorem 2. It therefore needs a solution of the planning scheme, which is mission I's goal.
  • Proposition 1 needs the discrete Lasry–Lions identity, a summation by parts across the coupled system.

Formalization scope

All objects live in the namespace MFGPlanning.Penalized.

  • Grid points are ZMod Nh × ZMod Nh (periodicity is built in), time levels are Fin (NT + 1), and the four momentum components q1,…,q4q_1, \dots, q_4q1​,…,q4​ are Fin 4 indices 0, …, 3.
  • The data structure carries Nh,NT≥1N_h, N_T \ge 1Nh​,NT​≥1, T>0T > 0T>0 and ν≥0\nu \ge 0ν≥0.
  • ggg is given only at the grid points. (G2), which only defines the continuous Hamiltonian, is not encoded.
  • "Coercive" in (24) is read as superlinear.
  • Vh[M]=V(Mi,j)V_h[M] = V(M_{i,j})Vh​[M]=V(Mi,j​), as (24) prescribes.
  • Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ and (W+χ)∗(W+\chi)^*(W+χ)∗ take values in EReal, so unbounded suprema are +∞+\infty+∞.
  • Convergence is in the product topology, which on these finite-dimensional spaces is max⁡n∥⋅∥∞\max_n \|\cdot\|_\inftymaxn​∥⋅∥∞​ convergence.
  • "The unique solution" of (43)–(46) means unique under the normalization ∑i,jUi,j0=0\sum_{i,j} U^0_{i,j} = 0∑i,j​Ui,j0​=0, because UUU is otherwise determined only up to a constant.

Three trivializing formalizations are ruled out. The constants in Propositions 2–3 and Corollary 1 are quantified before ε\varepsilonε and before the solution. The goal quantifies over every sequence εk→0\varepsilon_k \to 0εk​→0 and assumes no convergence of UUU and no limit solution. Its part 2 does not assume convergence of MMM.

The existence of a solution of the planning scheme (Theorem 1) is posed in mission I and not restated here. A solver of Proposition 2 will need it once mission I's goal is proved. The existence and uniqueness of solutions of (20)–(23) are quoted by the paper from Achdou–Capuzzo-Dolcetta (2010) and are not items. Welcome contributions include discrete summation-by-parts lemmas on the torus, the discrete comparison principle for monotone schemes, and the Poincaré-type inequality ∥W∥∞≤c∥[DhW]∥∞\|W\|_\infty \le c\|[D_hW]\|_\infty∥W∥∞​≤c∥[Dh​W]∥∞​ on zero-mean grid functions.

Selected references

  • Y. Achdou, F. Camilli, I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Mean field games: numerical methods for the planning problem, HAL preprint hal-00465404v1, 2010; SIAM J. Control Optim. 50 (2012). https://hal.science/hal-00465404v1, https://doi.org/10.1137/100790069
  • Y. Achdou, I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Mean field games: numerical methods, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 48 (2010) 1136–1162. https://doi.org/10.1137/090758477
  • J.-M. Lasry, P.-L. Lions, Mean field games, Japanese Journal of Mathematics 2 (2007) 229–260. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11537-007-0657-8
  • M. Huang, R. P. Malhamé, P. E. Caines, Large population stochastic dynamic games: closed-loop McKean–Vlasov systems and the Nash certainty equivalence principle, Communications in Information and Systems 6 (2006) 221–252. https://doi.org/10.4310/CIS.2006.v6.n3.a5
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Convex OptimizationNumerical Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Mean Field Games: Numerical Methods for the Planning Problem I: The Discrete Planning Scheme Has a Solution, Given by a Fenchel–Rockafellar Saddle PointResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean field games (Lasry and Lions, 2006–2007; Huang, Malhamé and Caines, 2006) model the limit of a large population of identical rational agents. Each agent solves an optimal control problem whose cost depends on the distribution mmm of all agents, and the distribution is in turn transported by the agents' optimal feedback. In the continuous setting this gives a coupled system: a backward Hamilton–Jacobi equation for the value function uuu and a forward Fokker–Planck equation for the density mmm.

In the usual formulation, mmm is prescribed at the initial time and uuu at the final time. The planning problem, introduced by P.-L. Lions in his Collège de France lectures, prescribes instead both the initial density m0m_0m0​ and the final density mTm_TmT​, and asks for a cost (through uuu) that steers the population from one to the other. According to the paper (§1, pp. 2–3), Lions proved existence for the continuous planning problem in mainly two cases: ν=0\nu = 0ν=0 with a smooth, strictly convex, superlinear Hamiltonian; and ν>0\nu > 0ν>0 with H(p)=c∣p∣2H(p) = c|p|^2H(p)=c∣p∣2 or close to it. In both cases the coupling is local and the densities are smooth and bounded away from 000. Existence for ν>0\nu > 0ν>0 and more general Hamiltonians was then open, and for sublinear HHH, m0≠mTm_0\ne m_Tm0​=mT​ and short horizons there is no solution.

Achdou, Camilli and Capuzzo-Dolcetta (hal-00465404, 2010; SIAM J. Control Optim. 2012) introduced a finite-difference scheme for the planning problem and proved that the discrete system has a solution. The proof writes the scheme as the optimality system of a discrete optimal control problem, a Fokker–Planck equation driven by a control, and obtains a solution from a saddle point given by the Fenchel–Rockafellar duality theorem. This mission formalizes that existence result: Theorem 1 of §3.1 together with the lemmas on which its proof rests.

Setting

Fix integers Nh,NT≥1N_h, N_T \ge 1Nh​,NT​≥1, a horizon T>0T > 0T>0 and a viscosity ν≥0\nu \ge 0ν≥0; let h=1/Nhh = 1/N_hh=1/Nh​ and Δt=T/NT\Delta t = T/N_TΔt=T/NT​. The grid Th2\mathbb T^2_hTh2​ is the periodic Nh×NhN_h\times N_hNh​×Nh​ grid on the two-dimensional torus, with points xi,jx_{i,j}xi,j​, (i,j)∈(Z/Nh)2(i,j)\in(\mathbb Z/N_h)^2(i,j)∈(Z/Nh​)2. On grid functions UUU the scheme uses the forward differences D1+D_1^+D1+​, D2+D_2^+D2+​, the four-component discrete gradient [DhU]i,j=((D1+U)i,j,(D1+U)i−1,j,(D2+U)i,j,(D2+U)i,j−1)[D_hU]_{i,j} = ((D_1^+U)_{i,j}, (D_1^+U)_{i-1,j}, (D_2^+U)_{i,j}, (D_2^+U)_{i,j-1})[Dh​U]i,j​=((D1+​U)i,j​,(D1+​U)i−1,j​,(D2+​U)i,j​,(D2+​U)i,j−1​), the five-point Laplacian Δh\Delta_hΔh​, a discrete divergence divh\mathrm{div}_hdivh​ of four-component fields, and the transport operator B(U,M)=divh(M ∇qg(⋅,[DhU]))\mathcal B(U, M) = \mathrm{div}_h(M\,\nabla_q g(\cdot, [D_hU]))B(U,M)=divh​(M∇q​g(⋅,[Dh​U])).

A numerical Hamiltonian g(xi,j,q1,q2,q3,q4)g(x_{i,j}, q_1,q_2,q_3,q_4)g(xi,j​,q1​,q2​,q3​,q4​) is monotone (nonincreasing in q1,q3q_1, q_3q1​,q3​, nondecreasing in q2,q4q_2, q_4q2​,q4​), C1C^1C1, convex, and superlinearly coercive in the directions where monotonicity does not bound it. The coupling is local: V=W′V = W'V=W′, with WWW strictly convex, superlinear and C2C^2C2. The set K\mathcal KK consists of the discrete probability densities, h2∑i,jMi,j=1h^2\sum_{i,j}M_{i,j} = 1h2∑i,j​Mi,j​=1, M≥0M\ge 0M≥0. The discrete planning scheme (18) asks for (Un,Mn)0≤n≤NT(U^n, M^n)_{0\le n\le N_T}(Un,Mn)0≤n≤NT​​ with

Un+1−UnΔt−νΔhUn+1+g(x,[DhUn+1])=V(Mn),Mn+1−MnΔt+νΔhMn+B(Un+1,Mn)=0,\frac{U^{n+1}-U^n}{\Delta t} - \nu\Delta_hU^{n+1} + g(x,[D_hU^{n+1}]) = V(M^n),\qquad \frac{M^{n+1}-M^n}{\Delta t} + \nu\Delta_hM^n + \mathcal B(U^{n+1},M^n) = 0,ΔtUn+1−Un​−νΔh​Un+1+g(x,[Dh​Un+1])=V(Mn),ΔtMn+1−Mn​+νΔh​Mn+B(Un+1,Mn)=0,

for 0≤n<NT0\le n<N_T0≤n<NT​, with Mn∈KM^n\in\mathcal KMn∈K, M0=m0M^0 = m_0M0=m0​ and MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​.

The duality is set up as follows. With χ\chiχ the indicator of {m≥0}\{m\ge0\}{m≥0}, let Θ(α,β)=∑n,i,j(W+χ)∗(αi,jn+g(xi,j,[βn]i,j))\Theta(\alpha,\beta) = \sum_{n,i,j}(W+\chi)^*(\alpha^n_{i,j} + g(x_{i,j},[\beta^n]_{i,j}))Θ(α,β)=∑n,i,j​(W+χ)∗(αi,jn​+g(xi,j​,[βn]i,j​)) on dual variables (αn,βn)1≤n≤NT(\alpha^n,\beta^n)_{1\le n\le N_T}(αn,βn)1≤n≤NT​​. Let Λ(Ψ)\Lambda(\Psi)Λ(Ψ) be the linear map sending Ψ=(Ψn)0≤n≤NT\Psi = (\Psi^n)_{0\le n\le N_T}Ψ=(Ψn)0≤n≤NT​​ to the discrete Hamilton–Jacobi operator and the discrete gradient of Ψn+1\Psi^{n+1}Ψn+1. Let Σ(α,β)=F(Ψ)\Sigma(\alpha,\beta) = \mathcal F(\Psi)Σ(α,β)=F(Ψ) if (α,β)=Λ(Ψ)(\alpha,\beta) = \Lambda(\Psi)(α,β)=Λ(Ψ) with ∑Ψ0=0\sum\Psi^0 = 0∑Ψ0=0, and +∞+\infty+∞ otherwise, where F(Ψ)=1Δt(∑m0Ψ0−∑mTΨNT)\mathcal F(\Psi) = \frac1{\Delta t}(\sum m_0\Psi^0 - \sum m_T\Psi^{N_T})F(Ψ)=Δt1​(∑m0​Ψ0−∑mT​ΨNT​). The Legendre–Fenchel transforms Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗, Σ∗\Sigma^*Σ∗ act on primal variables (Mn,Zn)0≤n<NT(M^n, Z^n)_{0\le n<N_T}(Mn,Zn)0≤n<NT​​, where MnM^nMn is paired with αn+1\alpha^{n+1}αn+1 (Remark 2).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Under (G1), (G3)–(G5), (24), m0,mT∈Km_0, m_T\in\mathcal Km0​,mT​∈K, m0>0m_0 > 0m0​>0, and either ν>0\nu > 0ν>0 or (ν=0\nu = 0ν=0 and mT>0m_T > 0mT​>0):

min⁡M,Z Θ∗(M,Z)+Σ∗(−M,−Z)=−min⁡α,β(Θ(α,β)+Σ(α,β))\min_{M,Z}\ \Theta^*(M,Z) + \Sigma^*(-M,-Z) = -\min_{\alpha,\beta}\big(\Theta(\alpha,\beta) + \Sigma(\alpha,\beta)\big)M,Zmin​ Θ∗(M,Z)+Σ∗(−M,−Z)=−α,βmin​(Θ(α,β)+Σ(α,β))

has a solution (M,Z)(M,Z)(M,Z), (α,β)(\alpha,\beta)(α,β) with a finite common value. Moreover (α,β)=Λ(U)(\alpha,\beta) = \Lambda(U)(α,β)=Λ(U) for some UUU, and (U,M)(U, M)(U,M), with MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​ appended, solves the scheme (18), with Zk,n=Mn ∂qkg(x,[DhUn+1])Z^{k,n} = M^n\,\partial_{q_k}g(x,[D_hU^{n+1}])Zk,n=Mn∂qk​​g(x,[Dh​Un+1]).

Milestones, in attack order

  1. §3.1, p. 7. VVV maps (0,∞)(0,\infty)(0,∞) onto (λ,∞)(\lambda,\infty)(λ,∞); (W+χ)∗(W+\chi)^*(W+χ)∗ is finite, convex, continuous and nondecreasing, with explicit values on and off JV\mathcal J_VJV​.
  2. Lemma 1. Θ\ThetaΘ is convex and continuous, Σ\SigmaΣ is convex and l.s.c., and Σ\SigmaΣ and Θ\ThetaΘ are both finite at some point.
  3. Lemma 2. Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ and Σ∗\Sigma^*Σ∗ are convex and l.s.c., with explicit formulas.
  4. (30). Σ∗(−M,−Z)\Sigma^*(-M,-Z)Σ∗(−M,−Z) is 000 on the constraint set of the control problem (26) and +∞+\infty+∞ off it.
  5. Lemma 3. If m0>0m_0 > 0m0​>0, some (M,Z)(M,Z)(M,Z) has Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗, Σ∗(−M,−Z)\Sigma^*(-M,-Z)Σ∗(−M,−Z) finite and Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗ finite and continuous near it.
  6. Positivity. A discrete strong maximum principle from the proof of Theorem 1: densities in K\mathcal KK that solve the discrete Fokker–Planck equation (42) are strictly positive before the final time.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the existence result for the finite-difference planning problem. It is used in the paper's second part (§3.2), where solutions of a penalized scheme, in which the final condition is relaxed into a penalty, are shown to converge to a solution of (18) as the penalty parameter vanishes. The penalized scheme is what is solved numerically. The discrete existence result covers general convex, monotone, coercive numerical Hamiltonians and every ν≥0\nu\ge0ν≥0, which includes discretizations of the continuous cases that were still open when the paper was written.

The result has a published proof. What this mission adds is a machine-checked version of it: a complete discrete model of the planning problem (grid, operators, scheme, duality functionals) and the convex-analytic chain that connects it to the Fenchel–Rockafellar theorem. As far as a search of the platform shows, no part of this has been formalized; the series' second mission formalizes the convergence of the penalized scheme on the same model.

Difficulty

Existence for a coupled forward–backward nonlinear system with conditions at both ends of the time interval is not reachable by a fixed-point or time-marching argument: the Hamilton–Jacobi equation runs backward and the Fokker–Planck equation forward, and the final density is imposed rather than computed. The approach goes through duality, and three points are delicate.

  1. All the functionals in the duality take the value +∞+\infty+∞, and Fenchel–Rockafellar needs a qualification condition on each side. Lemma 1 gives it for the dual problem; Lemma 3 gives it for the primal one, and needs m0>0m_0 > 0m0​>0 and the coercivity (G5).
  2. The optimality conditions only give a complementarity system: the Hamilton–Jacobi equation holds where Mn>0M^n > 0Mn>0 and becomes an inequality where Mn=0M^n = 0Mn=0. Recovering the scheme (18) needs the strict positivity of MnM^nMn, a discrete strong maximum principle. That principle uses the monotonicity (G1) and either diffusion or a positive final density.
  3. The bookkeeping of the time lag between primal and dual variables and of the discrete integration by parts in Σ∗\Sigma^*Σ∗ must be exact.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace MFGPlanning.Existence. A structure Data carries Nh,NT≥1N_h, N_T \ge 1Nh​,NT​≥1, T>0T > 0T>0, ν≥0\nu\ge0ν≥0, ggg at the grid points, WWW, m0m_0m0​ and mTm_TmT​. Committed conventions:

  • grid indices are ZMod Nh × ZMod Nh (periodic), and d=2d = 2d=2 as in the paper;
  • the components q1,…,q4q_1,\dots,q_4q1​,…,q4​ and Z1,…,Z4Z^1,\dots,Z^4Z1,…,Z4 are the Fin 4 indices 0..3;
  • time levels are Fin (NT+1) for UUU and the scheme, and Fin NT for the duality variables. M k is MkM^kMk and α k is αk+1\alpha^{k+1}αk+1 (Remark 2), and Fin.snoc M mT appends MNT=mTM^{N_T} = m_TMNT​=mT​;
  • (W+χ)∗(W+\chi)^*(W+χ)∗, Θ\ThetaΘ, Θ∗\Theta^*Θ∗, Σ\SigmaΣ, Σ∗\Sigma^*Σ∗ are EReal-valued lattice suprema and infima, so unbounded suprema are +∞+\infty+∞ and not a junk value. Convexity of an extended-valued functional is convexity of its epigraph.

Disclosed encodings:

  • (G2) is not encoded, since it only defines the continuous Hamiltonian;
  • "coercive" in (24) is read as superlinear growth W(m)/∣m∣→∞W(m)/|m|\to\inftyW(m)/∣m∣→∞, which the paper's own consequence V((0,∞))=(λ,∞)V((0,\infty)) = (\lambda,\infty)V((0,∞))=(λ,∞) requires;
  • ggg is given only at grid points;
  • the optimality conditions (32)–(33) are stated through what Theorem 1 says they are equivalent to: the scheme (18) and the relation (39).

Theorem 1 is not reducible to "the scheme (18) has a solution". The goal also asserts that the primal and dual problems attain their minima, that there is no duality gap with a finite value, and that (α,β)=Λ(U)(\alpha,\beta) = \Lambda(U)(α,β)=Λ(U). The duality functionals are never real-valued suprema, which would make (30) and (31) hold or fail for junk reasons. A complete development needs finite-dimensional convex analysis on extended-valued functions: conjugates, the Fenchel–Rockafellar theorem with attainment, and subdifferential optimality conditions. These parts are reusable well beyond this mission, and proofs of them as separate theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Achdou, F. Camilli, I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Mean field games: numerical methods for the planning problem, preprint hal-00465404v1, 2010. https://hal.science/hal-00465404 ; published in SIAM J. Control Optim. 50(1), 2012. https://doi.org/10.1137/100790069
  • Y. Achdou, I. Capuzzo-Dolcetta, Mean field games: numerical methods, SIAM J. Numer. Anal. 48(3), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1137/090758477
  • J.-M. Lasry, P.-L. Lions, Mean field games, Japanese Journal of Mathematics 2(1), 2007. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11537-007-0657-8
  • I. Ekeland, R. Temam, Convex Analysis and Variational Problems, North-Holland, 1976 (SIAM Classics reprint 1999). https://doi.org/10.1137/1.9781611971088
11 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Revenue Management of a Make-to-Stock Queue: Exponential Stationary Density under Normal Reflection (Proposition 2)Research Paper

Motivation

A make-to-stock manufacturer who also sells on a spot market must decide, at every moment, whether to keep producing and whether to accept or reject incoming orders at the prevailing price. Caldentey and Wein (Revenue Management of a Make-to-Stock Queue, Operations Research 54(5), 2006) study this problem in heavy traffic. The limit is a two-dimensional singular control problem for a diffusion: the inventory level and the logarithm of the price move jointly as a correlated Brownian motion, and the controls push the inventory only when it reaches one of two free boundaries. The optimal boundaries are characterized by an elliptic free-boundary problem that the authors could not solve in closed form.

The paper's way forward is an approximation: change the direction of reflection on the boundary so that the stationary distribution of the controlled process becomes an explicit exponential. Proposition 2 states that exponential form, and it turns the free-boundary problem into a calculus-of-variations problem for the two boundary curves. Explicit stationary densities of reflected diffusions in two dimensions are rare; the classical condition for an exponential stationary density of a reflected Brownian motion, and the characterization of the stationary law by a basic adjoint relation, are due to Harrison and Williams, Multidimensional reflected Brownian motions having exponential stationary distributions, Annals of Probability 15, 1987, the reference the paper cites. This mission formalizes the analytic core of Proposition 2: the exponential density satisfies that relation for the reflection field the proposition singles out.

Setting

Points of the plane are (x,y)(x,y)(x,y), with xxx the inventory level and yyy the logarithm of the price. The limiting process (X,Y)(\mathcal X,\mathcal Y)(X,Y) has drift (θ,0)(\theta,0)(θ,0) and covariance matrix

Σ=(σ2σδϱσδϱδ2),σ>0, δ>0, −1<ϱ<1,\Sigma=\begin{pmatrix}\sigma^2&\sigma\delta\varrho\\ \sigma\delta\varrho&\delta^2\end{pmatrix},\qquad \sigma>0,\ \delta>0,\ -1<\varrho<1,Σ=(σ2σδϱ​σδϱδ2​),σ>0, δ>0, −1<ϱ<1,

so its generator is

Γ=θ∂∂x+σ22∂2∂x2+σδϱ∂2∂x ∂y+δ22∂2∂y2.\Gamma=\theta\frac{\partial}{\partial x}+\frac{\sigma^2}{2}\frac{\partial^2}{\partial x^2}+\sigma\delta\varrho\frac{\partial^2}{\partial x\,\partial y}+\frac{\delta^2}{2}\frac{\partial^2}{\partial y^2}.Γ=θ∂x∂​+2σ2​∂x2∂2​+σδϱ∂x∂y∂2​+2δ2​∂y2∂2​.

Two curves bound the region where the process lives: the rejection boundary x=η(y)x=\eta(y)x=η(y) (below it, orders are rejected) and the idleness boundary x=ξ(y)x=\xi(y)x=ξ(y) (above it, production stops). For ymin⁡<ymax⁡y_{\min}<y_{\max}ymin​<ymax​ the region is

Ω={(x,y): ymin⁡<y<ymax⁡, η(y)<x<ξ(y)},\Omega=\{(x,y):\ y_{\min}<y<y_{\max},\ \eta(y)<x<\xi(y)\},Ω={(x,y): ymin​<y<ymax​, η(y)<x<ξ(y)},

and its boundary splits into four pieces: x=η(y)x=\eta(y)x=η(y), x=ξ(y)x=\xi(y)x=ξ(y), y=ymin⁡y=y_{\min}y=ymin​, y=ymax⁡y=y_{\max}y=ymax​. Write n⃗\vec nn for the inward unit normal on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω and dldldl for arc length. A reflection field v⃗\vec vv on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω gives the direction in which the process is pushed back into Ω\OmegaΩ. The basic adjoint relation (BAR) of the paper, equation (43), is

∫ΩΓf πΩ ds+12∫∂Ωv⃗⋅∇f πΩ dl=0for all test functions f,\int_\Omega \Gamma f\,\pi_\Omega\,ds+\frac12\int_{\partial\Omega}\vec v\cdot\nabla f\,\pi_\Omega\,dl=0\quad\text{for all test functions } f,∫Ω​ΓfπΩ​ds+21​∫∂Ω​v⋅∇fπΩ​dl=0for all test functions f,

and the paper cites Harrison and Williams for the fact that the stationary distribution πΩ\pi_\OmegaπΩ​ of the reflected process satisfies it. Proposition 2 introduces the eigen-decomposition Σ=V′EV\Sigma=V'EVΣ=V′EV (VVV a rotation whose rows are eigenvectors, EEE diagonal), the whitening map T=E−1/2VT=E^{-1/2}VT=E−1/2V and Ω∗=T(Ω)\Omega^*=T(\Omega)Ω∗=T(Ω), and assumes that Tv⃗T\vec vTv is normal to ∂Ω∗\partial\Omega^*∂Ω∗. The exponents are

mx=2θσ2(1−ϱ2),my=−2ϱθσδ(1−ϱ2).(47)m_x=\frac{2\theta}{\sigma^2(1-\varrho^2)},\qquad m_y=\frac{-2\varrho\theta}{\sigma\delta(1-\varrho^2)}.\tag{47}mx​=σ2(1−ϱ2)2θ​,my​=σδ(1−ϱ2)−2ϱθ​.(47)

Formalization targets

Goal: the exponential density satisfies the BAR under conormal reflection

For η,ξ\eta,\xiη,ξ continuously differentiable with η<ξ\eta<\xiη<ξ on [ymin⁡,ymax⁡][y_{\min},y_{\max}][ymin​,ymax​], π(x,y)=emxx+myy\pi(x,y)=e^{m_xx+m_yy}π(x,y)=emx​x+my​y, and every C2C^2C2 function fff on R2\mathbb R^2R2,

∫ΩΓf  π ds+12∫∂Ω(Σn⃗)⋅∇f  π dl=0.\int_\Omega \Gamma f\;\pi\,ds+\frac12\int_{\partial\Omega}(\Sigma\vec n)\cdot\nabla f\;\pi\,dl=0 .∫Ω​Γfπds+21​∫∂Ω​(Σn)⋅∇fπdl=0.

The boundary integral is written out on the four pieces, with n⃗ dl\vec n\,dlndl equal to (1,−η′(y)) dy(1,-\eta'(y))\,dy(1,−η′(y))dy, (−1,ξ′(y)) dy(-1,\xi'(y))\,dy(−1,ξ′(y))dy, (0,1) dx(0,1)\,dx(0,1)dx and (0,−1) dx(0,-1)\,dx(0,−1)dx respectively. The normalizing constant is left out because the relation is linear in π\piπ.

Milestones

  1. The interior equation: Γ∗π=−θπx+σ22πxx+σδϱ πxy+δ22πyy=0\Gamma^*\pi=-\theta\pi_x+\frac{\sigma^2}{2}\pi_{xx}+\sigma\delta\varrho\,\pi_{xy}+\frac{\delta^2}{2}\pi_{yy}=0Γ∗π=−θπx​+2σ2​πxx​+σδϱπxy​+2δ2​πyy​=0 everywhere.
  2. The zero-flux identity: 12Σ∇π=(θ,0) π\frac12\Sigma\nabla\pi=(\theta,0)\,\pi21​Σ∇π=(θ,0)π everywhere.
  3. The meaning of the hypothesis: with T=E−1/2VT=E^{-1/2}VT=E−1/2V, (Tv)⋅(Tw)=v⋅Σ−1w(Tv)\cdot(Tw)=v\cdot\Sigma^{-1}w(Tv)⋅(Tw)=v⋅Σ−1w, and for n≠0n\neq0n=0, TvTvTv is orthogonal to TTT of every vector orthogonal to nnn exactly when vvv is a multiple of Σn\Sigma nΣn.
  4. The normalizing constant: π\piπ is integrable on Ω\OmegaΩ and a unique KΩ>0K_\Omega>0KΩ​>0 makes KΩπK_\Omega\piKΩ​π integrate to one.

Significance

For the operations model, Proposition 2 is what makes the problem computable. Once the stationary density is explicit, the long-run average cost of any pair of boundary curves is an explicit integral, and optimizing over (η,ξ)(\eta,\xi)(η,ξ) becomes a variational problem with Euler–Lagrange equations; the paper's proposed policy and its numerical comparisons all rest on it.

For formalization, the mission produces a machine-checked version of a statement whose proof the paper does not contain (it is in an online companion) and whose hypothesis is stated only in words. The formal statements fix exactly which reflection field makes the claim true, which the prose leaves ambiguous. None of the statements has, to our knowledge, a machine-checked proof anywhere; the result itself is classical in spirit (an integration by parts on a planar region), but no divergence theorem on a region between two graphs with an anisotropic operator is currently available as a ready-made statement.

Difficulty

The interior equation and the zero-flux identity are finite computations with the exponential. The difficulty is the goal: it is an integration-by-parts identity on a curved planar region with an anisotropic second-order operator. The obvious first step, "apply Green's identity", presupposes a divergence theorem on a region bounded by two graphs x=η(y)x=\eta(y)x=η(y), x=ξ(y)x=\xi(y)x=ξ(y) and two horizontal segments, with the boundary integral written in the parametrization of each piece and the orientation of every normal tracked. Mathlib has the divergence theorem on rectangular boxes, not on such regions, and the moving limits η(y)\eta(y)η(y), ξ(y)\xi(y)ξ(y) are exactly where the terms in η′\eta'η′ and ξ′\xi'ξ′ of the boundary integral come from.

The second trap is the reflection field. The page describes the modification as substituting the inward unit normal n⃗\vec nn for v⃗\vec vv; with v⃗=n⃗\vec v=\vec nv=n the identity is false as soon as Σ\SigmaΣ is not a multiple of the identity (on a random instance the residual is of order one). Only the conormal field Σn⃗\Sigma\vec nΣn, which is what the hypothesis of Proposition 2 selects, gives a true statement.

Formalization scope

Everything lives in the namespace MakeToStockRM.ExpDensity. The plane is ℝ × ℝ with the inventory first; partial derivatives are Fréchet derivatives applied to (1, 0) and (0, 1), and the mixed partial is ∂x(∂yf)\partial_x(\partial_y f)∂x​(∂y​f). Parameters satisfy σ>0\sigma>0σ>0, δ>0\delta>0δ>0, ∣ϱ∣<1|\varrho|<1∣ϱ∣<1; θ\thetaθ is any real number, and θ=0\theta=0θ=0 (then π≡1\pi\equiv1π≡1) is allowed.

This is the analytic, pinned-down content of Proposition 2. The identification "the BAR characterizes the stationary law of the reflected diffusion" (Harrison–Williams 1987) is out of scope: Mathlib has no reflected Brownian motion. Relative to the page, the formalization commits to the following:

  • The reflection field is v⃗=Σn⃗\vec v=\Sigma\vec nv=Σn with n⃗\vec nn the inward unit normal and dldldl arc length. The hypothesis "Tv⃗T\vec vTv is normal to ∂Ω∗\partial\Omega^*∂Ω∗" fixes only the direction of v⃗\vec vv (milestone 3); the length Σn⃗\Sigma\vec nΣn is the one for which the BAR holds. The page's phrase "substituting the inward unit normal n⃗\vec nn for v⃗\vec vv" is inconsistent with the proposition's own hypothesis and is not followed.
  • The boundary curves are C1C^1C1 on R\mathbb RR with η<ξ\eta<\xiη<ξ on [ymin⁡,ymax⁡][y_{\min},y_{\max}][ymin​,ymax​], and ymin⁡<ymax⁡y_{\min}<y_{\max}ymin​<ymax​, so Ω\OmegaΩ is a nonempty bounded region; the paper assumes this implicitly.
  • Test functions are all C2C^2C2 functions on R2\mathbb R^2R2, which are bounded with bounded derivatives on the closure of Ω\OmegaΩ (the paper's "twice continuous and bounded").
  • The constant KΩK_\OmegaKΩ​ is dropped from the goal and treated in milestone 4.

The goal quantifies over every C2C^2C2 test function; restricting to functions supported inside Ω\OmegaΩ would delete the boundary term and reduce the goal to milestone 1, and that trivialization is ruled out. The second half of Proposition 2 ("(45)–(46) is equivalent to (48)–(49)"), Proposition 1, the heavy-traffic limit, the HJB equation and the proposed policy are not formalized: their normalizations or proofs are only in the online companion.

A complete development needs a divergence theorem on regions between two C1C^1C1 graphs, which is reusable for any planar PDE statement on such regions. Contributions of that lemma, and of the four milestones, are welcome.

Selected references

  • R. Caldentey, L. M. Wein, Revenue Management of a Make-to-Stock Queue, Operations Research 54(5):859–875, 2006. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1060.0289
  • J. M. Harrison, R. J. Williams, Multidimensional reflected Brownian motions having exponential stationary distributions, Annals of Probability 15(1):115–137, 1987. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176992259
  • F. John, Partial Differential Equations, 4th ed., Springer, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9333-7
10 thms2 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: Lucas

Schrödinger Equation I: Energy Quantization in the One-Dimensional Infinite Potential WellTextbook

Motivation

The Schrödinger equation is the equation of motion of non-relativistic quantum mechanics: it determines how the state of an isolated quantum system evolves in time. Its time-independent form is an eigenvalue equation whose eigenvalues are the energies the system can have. The single most elementary illustration that this eigenvalue problem forces energies to be discrete is the particle in a one-dimensional box, also called the infinite potential well: a particle of mass mmm confined to an interval [0,L][0, L][0,L] by walls of infinite potential energy. It is the first worked example in essentially every introduction to quantum mechanics, and it is the model in which "quantization" can be derived in a few lines from a boundary-value problem for an ordinary differential equation.

This mission is the first in a series formalizing the mathematical content of the Schrödinger equation. It targets exactly the particle-in-a-box computation: that the admissible energies are En=n2π2ℏ2/(2mL2)E_n = n^2 \pi^2 \hbar^2 / (2 m L^2)En​=n2π2ℏ2/(2mL2) for positive integers nnn, and nothing else.

Setting

Fix three positive real constants: the reduced Planck constant ℏ\hbarℏ, the mass mmm, and the width LLL of the box. A stationary state of energy E∈RE \in \mathbb{R}E∈R is a function ψ:R→C\psi : \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{C}ψ:R→C such that

−ℏ22m ψ′′(x)  =  E ψ(x)for all x∈(0,L),-\frac{\hbar^2}{2m}\,\psi''(x) \;=\; E\,\psi(x) \qquad \text{for all } x \in (0, L),−2mℏ2​ψ′′(x)=Eψ(x)for all x∈(0,L),

together with the regularity needed to state it — ψ\psiψ is continuous on [0,L][0, L][0,L] and twice differentiable at every interior point — and the Dirichlet boundary conditions imposed by the infinite walls,

ψ(0)=0,ψ(L)=0.\psi(0) = 0, \qquad \psi(L) = 0 .ψ(0)=0,ψ(L)=0.

Inside the box the potential vanishes, which is why only the kinetic term appears; outside the box the potential is infinite and the wave function is identically zero, which is what forces the two boundary values. A stationary state is non-trivial if ψ(x)≠0\psi(x) \neq 0ψ(x)=0 for at least one x∈(0,L)x \in (0, L)x∈(0,L); the trivial solution ψ≡0\psi \equiv 0ψ≡0 is excluded because a physical state must be normalizable to unit probability.

Write En:=n2π2ℏ2/(2mL2)E_n := n^2 \pi^2 \hbar^2 / (2 m L^2)En​:=n2π2ℏ2/(2mL2) for n∈Nn \in \mathbb{N}n∈N, and ψn(x):=sin⁡(nπx/L)\psi_n(x) := \sin(n \pi x / L)ψn​(x):=sin(nπx/L) for the corresponding unnormalized eigenfunction.

Formalization targets

Goal — energy quantization

If ψ is a non-trivial stationary state of energy E, then ∃ n≥1 with E=n2π2ℏ22mL2.\text{If } \psi \text{ is a non-trivial stationary state of energy } E, \text{ then } \exists\, n \ge 1 \text{ with } E = \frac{n^2 \pi^2 \hbar^2}{2 m L^2}.If ψ is a non-trivial stationary state of energy E, then ∃n≥1 with E=2mL2n2π2ℏ2​.

This is the weakest statement that carries the physical content: it fixes no eigenfunction, no normalization and no phase, only the set of admissible energies.

Supporting targets

E≤0  ⟹  ψ≡0 on [0,L],E \le 0 \;\Longrightarrow\; \psi \equiv 0 \text{ on } [0, L],E≤0⟹ψ≡0 on [0,L], E>0  ⟹  ∃ C∈C,  ψ(x)=Csin⁡ ⁣(kx) on [0,L],k=2mEℏ,E > 0 \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists\, C \in \mathbb{C},\; \psi(x) = C \sin\!\big(k x\big) \text{ on } [0, L], \quad k = \frac{\sqrt{2 m E}}{\hbar},E>0⟹∃C∈C,ψ(x)=Csin(kx) on [0,L],k=ℏ2mE​​, k>0,  L>0,  sin⁡(kL)=0  ⟹  ∃ n≥1,  kL=nπ,k > 0,\; L > 0,\; \sin(kL) = 0 \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists\, n \ge 1,\; kL = n\pi,k>0,L>0,sin(kL)=0⟹∃n≥1,kL=nπ, ψn is a non-trivial stationary state of energy En(n≥1),\psi_n \text{ is a non-trivial stationary state of energy } E_n \quad (n \ge 1),ψn​ is a non-trivial stationary state of energy En​(n≥1), ∫0L∣ψn(x)∣2 dx=L2(n≥1).\int_0^L |\psi_n(x)|^2 \, dx = \frac{L}{2} \quad (n \ge 1).∫0L​∣ψn​(x)∣2dx=2L​(n≥1).

The last two give the converse direction — every EnE_nEn​ really occurs — and the normalization constant 2/L\sqrt{2/L}2/L​ that turns ψn\psi_nψn​ into a unit vector of L2([0,L])L^2([0,L])L2([0,L]).

Significance

The result itself is the standard textbook derivation: confinement plus the time-independent Schrödinger equation yields a discrete spectrum, with a strictly positive ground-state energy E1=π2ℏ2/(2mL2)E_1 = \pi^2\hbar^2/(2mL^2)E1​=π2ℏ2/(2mL2) (no state of zero energy exists) and level spacing growing like nnn. As a piece of mathematics it is the computation of the Dirichlet spectrum of the one-dimensional Laplacian on an interval, which is the model case for spectral theory on domains.

What the mission adds is a machine-checked version of both halves of that derivation, in a form that later missions in this series can import: a reusable predicate for "stationary state with Dirichlet boundary conditions", the classification of the solutions of ψ′′=−k2ψ\psi'' = -k^2\psiψ′′=−k2ψ with one boundary zero, and the quantization step. Mathlib contains the ordinary-differential-equation uniqueness results and the trigonometric API needed, but does not contain this boundary-value classification.

Difficulty

The physics derivation writes down the general solution ψ(x)=Aeikx+Be−ikx\psi(x) = A e^{ikx} + B e^{-ikx}ψ(x)=Aeikx+Be−ikx and is done. Formally, that step is the whole problem: one must prove that every twice-differentiable solution of ψ′′=−k2ψ\psi'' = -k^2 \psiψ′′=−k2ψ on an interval has this form, rather than assume it. The usual route is a uniqueness theorem for the associated first-order system applied to the difference of ψ\psiψ and an explicit sine solution, which requires converting the second-order scalar equation into a system and supplying a Lipschitz estimate. Two further traps: the sign case E≤0E \le 0E≤0 must be excluded separately (hyperbolic solutions with two zeros are identically zero), and the equation is assumed only on the open interval, so the values at the walls are reached by continuity rather than by evaluating the equation there.

Formalization scope

Wave functions are complex-valued functions of a real variable, ψ:R→C\psi : \mathbb{R} \to \mathbb{C}ψ:R→C; energies, ℏ\hbarℏ, mmm, LLL are real. Derivatives are the ordinary derivative of a complex-valued function of a real variable, the second derivative being the derivative of the derivative. The equation is imposed pointwise on the open interval (0,L)(0, L)(0,L) only, with continuity on the closed interval [0,L][0, L][0,L] and differentiability at interior points; nothing is assumed about ψ\psiψ outside [0,L][0, L][0,L], so the junk values of the derivative outside the box never enter a statement. The constants ℏ,m,L\hbar, m, Lℏ,m,L are hypothesized strictly positive, so no division by zero occurs in EnE_nEn​.

The goal is not vacuous: the supporting target exhibiting ψn\psi_nψn​ shows that its hypotheses are satisfiable for every n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, so the mission cannot be closed by proving that no non-trivial stationary state exists. Conversely the non-triviality hypothesis cannot be dropped: ψ≡0\psi \equiv 0ψ≡0 solves the boundary value problem for every real EEE.

Contributions welcome: the ODE classification lemma (solutions of ψ′′=−k2ψ\psi'' = -k^2\psiψ′′=−k2ψ on an interval), orthogonality of the ψn\psi_nψn​ in L2([0,L])L^2([0,L])L2([0,L]), and the finite-well and harmonic-oscillator analogues, which are planned as later missions in this series.

Selected references

  • Schrödinger equation, Wikipedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Schr%C3%B6dinger_equation
  • Particle in a box, Wikipedia. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Particle_in_a_box
7 thms2 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 1 of 2Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me